santrosantro your hyundai vehicle should not be modified in any way. such modifications may...

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai Motor India Limited reserves the right to make changes atany time without prior notice and without obligation to incorporate suchchanges so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carriedout.

This booklet applies to all variants of this vehicle and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment.

As a result, you may find material in this booklet & CD that does not applyto your specfic vehicle.

This booklet is not intended to be a subsitute for the owner’s manual given in compact disc to you.

Vehicle Owner's Manual & Car Multimedia & Navigation System user manual is provided in non-writable PDF format and can be viewable on any computer or Device compatible with windows 7 & above and PDF reader. Avoid direct sunlight to CD & do not keep it in high temperature zone i.e more than 70 degree celcius.

Santro

Your HYUNDAI vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI vehicle and may, in addition, violate condi-tions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in vio-lation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It ispossible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adverselyaffect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radiomanufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures orspecial instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, could result indeath or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, could result inminor or moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if notavoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICEWARNING

FFOREWORD

Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI vehicle . We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive HYUNDAI vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI vehicle we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI vehicle . It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

Hyundai Motor India Limited also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI vehicle , please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor Company.

Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meetHYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listedon Page 10-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We stronglyrecommend that you read the entiremanual. In order to minimize thechance of death or injury, you mustread the DANGER, WARNING andCAUTION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.Sections: This manual has ten chap-ters plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. This Owner'sManual provides you with many safe-ty precautions and operating proce-dures. This information alerts you topotential hazards that may hurt youor others, as well as damage to yourvehicle.Safety messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describethese hazards and what to do toavoid or reduce the risks.Warnings and instructions containedin this manual are for your safety.Failure to follow safety warnings andinstructions can lead to serious injuryor death.

Throughout this manual DANGER,WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE andthe SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL willbe used.

This is the safety alert sym-bol. It is used to alert you topotential physical injury haz-ards. Obey all safety mes-sages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury ordeath. The safety alert sym-bol precedes the signal wordsDANGER, WARNING andCAUTION.

DANGER indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided, willresult in death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in death or seriousinjury.

WARNING

NNOTICE indicates a situation which,if not avoided, could result in vehicledamage.

Petrol engineUnleadedYour new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an OctaneRating of RON (Research OctaneNumber) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index)87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

Leaded (if equipped)For some countries, your vehicle isdesigned to use leaded petrol. When you are going to use leadedpetrol, we recommend that you askan authorized HYUNDAI dealerwhether leaded petrol in your vehicleis available or not.Octane Rating of leaded petrol issame with unleaded one.

NOTICE

NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system clean-ing agents to the fuel tank otherthan what has been specified (Werecommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in minor or moderateinjury.

CAUTION

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

WARNING

PPetrol containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of petrol andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and petrol or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alco-hol) are being marketed along with orinstead of leaded or unleaded petrol.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usepetrol or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.2. Petrol or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoidingfuels containing MTBE (MethylTertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) inyour vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)may reduce vehicle performance andproduce vapor lock or hard starting.

Your New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damageto the fuel system and any per-formance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight.)

CAUTION

Never use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTION

DDo not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality petrols meet Europe Fuelstandards (EN228) or equivalents. For customers who do not use goodquality petrols including fuel additivesregularly, and have problems startingor the engine does not run smoothly,one bottle of additives added to thefuel tank at every 5,000 km. Additivesare available from your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer along with informa-tion on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

DDiesel engineDiesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated onlyon commercially available diesel fuelthat complies with EN 590 or compa-rable standard. (EN stands for"European Norm"). Do not usemarine diesel fuel, heating oils, ornon-approved fuel additives, as thiswill increase wear and cause dam-age to the engine and fuel system.The use of non-approved fuels and /or fuel additives will result in a limita-tion of your warranty rights. Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 isused in your vehicle. If two types ofdiesel fuel are available, use summeror winter fuel properly according tothe following temperature conditions.• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type

diesel fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank verycarefully : If the engine stops throughfuel failure, the circuits must be com-pletely purged to permit restarting.

Do not let any petrol or water enterthe tank. This would make it neces-sary to drain it out and to bleed thelines to avoid jamming the injectionpump and damaging the engine.

- Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel for dieselvehicle equipped with the DPF sys-tem.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) andunspecified additives, it can causethe DPF system to be damaged andwhite smoke can be emitted.

Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blendsof no more than 7% biodiesel, com-monly known as "B7 Diesel" may beused in your vehicle if Biodieselmeets EN 14214 or equivalent spec-ifications. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). The use of biofuels exceed-ing 7% made from rapeseed methylester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester(FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceed-ing 7% with biodiesel will causeincreased wear or damage to theengine and fuel system. Repair orreplacement of worn or damagedcomponents due to the use of nonapproved fuels will not be covered bythe manufactures warranty.

• Never use any fuel, whetherdiesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,that fails to meet the latest petrole-um industry specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

No special break-in period is need-ed. By following a few simple precau-tions for the first 1,000 km (600miles) you may add to the perform-ance, economy and life of your vehi-cle:• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-tion.

Hyundai W

arra

nty

Polic

y

2

2-1

Hyundai Warranty Policy

Hyundai new vehicle warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Replacement parts warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Emission warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Hyundai extended warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2

HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

Hyundai Motor India Limited here-inafter called "HMIL", warrants thateach new Hyundai vehicle sold shallbe free from any defects in materialand workmanship, under normal useand maintenance, subject to the fol-lowing terms and conditions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a period of 36 months/100,000 kms from the date of delivery which soever is ear-lier to the first purchaser. This warranty is transferable to subsequent owner for the remaining warranty period. This warranty is applicable only in India and not transferable to any other country.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3 hereof, our Authorized Dealers shall either repair or replace, any Hyundaigenuine part that is acknowledged by HMIL to be defective in material or workmanship within the warranty period stipulated above, at no cost to

the owner of the Hyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which have been replaced will become the property of HMIL.

3. What is not covered

This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services

other than the three free services,including without limitation, clean-ing and polishing, minor adjust-ments, engine tuning, oil/fluidchanges, filters replenishment,fastener retightening, wheel bal-ancing, wheel alignment and tyrerotation etc.

o Replacement of parts as a resultof normal wear and tear such asspark plugs, belts, brake padsand linings, clutch disc/facing, fil-ters, wiper blades, bulbs, fuses,etc.

o Damage or failure resulting from:v Negligence of proper mainte-

nance as required in thisOwner's Manual and Service

Booklet.v Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,

flooding or fire.v Use of improper or insufficient

fuel, fluids or lubricants.v Use of parts other than

Hyundai Genuine Parts.v Any device and/or accessories

not supplied by HMIL.v Modifications, alterations,

tampering or improper repair.v Parts used in applications of

which they were not designedor not approved by HMIL.

v Slight irregularities not recog-nised as affecting quality orfunction of the vehicle or parts,such as slight noise or vibra-tions, or items consideredcharacteristic of the vehicle.

v Airborne "fallout", Industrialfall out, acid rain, hail and windstorms, or other Acts of God.

v Paint scratches, dents or simi-lar paint or body damage.

v Action of road elements (sand,gravel, dust or road debris)which results in stone chippingof paint or glass.


2-2

PARTs REPLACEmENT WARRANTYo Incidental or consequential dam-

ages, including without limitation,

loss of time, inconvenience, lossof use of vehicle or commercialloss.

This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai vehiclesand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealeror its or his agent or employee isauthorized to make any oral warran-ty on HMIL's behalf.HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make anyimprovement on the vehicle at anytime without any obligation to makethe same change on vehicles previ-ously sold. HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilitieso Proper use, maintenance and

care of vehicle in accordance withthe instructions contained in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet. If the vehicle is subject tosevere usage conditions, such asoperation in extremely dusty,rough, more repeated short dis-tance driving or heavy city trafficduring hot weather, maintenanceof vehicle should be done morefrequently as mentioned in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Delivery of the vehicle during reg-ular service business hours toany authorized Hyundai Dealer toobtain warranty service.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Basic Warranty, the vehiclemust be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized workshop in accor-dance to the Owner’s Manual andService Booklet.

Hyundai Motor India Limited here-inafter called "HMIL", warrants thateach new Hyundai Genuine replace-ment part purchased from andinstalled by Hyundai AuthorizedDealer shall be free from any defectsin material or workmanship, undernormal use and maintenance, sub-ject to the following terms and condi-tions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a periodof 6 months or until the vehicle hasbeen driven for a distance of 10,000Kilometers from the date of installa-tion of replacement part by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer, whichever occursfirst.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3hereof, our Authorized Dealer whohad sold and installed the replace-ment part earlier shall either repair orreplace the said Hyundai genuinepart that is acknowledged by HMIL tobe defective in material or workman-ship within the warranty period stipu-

Hyundai W

arra

nty

Polic

y

2

2-3

Audio Video System, Batteries,Tyres & Tubes and Audio Systems,originally equipped on Hyundaivehicles are warranted directly bythe respective manufacturers andnot by HMIL.

lated above, at no cost to the ownerof the Hyundai vehicle for parts orlabour.


This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services of

parts such as cleaning, adjust-ment or replacement (i.e. sparkplugs that are oil fouled, leadfouled, or which fail due to the useof low grade fuel).

o Parts that fail due to abuse, mis-use, neglect, alteration or acci-dent or which have been improp-erly lubricated or repaired.

o Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designed orapproved by HMIL.

o Failure due to normal wear ofparts.

o Direct or indirect failures causedby misuse and improper mainte-nance of vehicle and installationof non-Hyundai parts on the vehi-cle.

o Any vehicle on which the odome-ter reading has been altered sothat mileage cannot be accurate-ly determined.

o Incidental or consequential dam-ages, including without limitation,loss of time, inconvenience, lossof use of vehicle or commercialloss.

This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai replace-ment parts and no dealer or its or hisagent or employee is authorized toextend or enlarge this warranty andno dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to make anyoral warranty on HMIL's behalf.HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilities

o Proper use, maintenance andcare of the vehicle in accordancewith the instructions contained inthe Owner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of the customer's copyof the original repair order and itsinvoice/bill against which the partwas replaced.

o Delivery of the vehicle during reg-ular service business hours to thesame Hyundai Authorized Dealerwho had sold and installed thereplacement part.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Parts replacement Warranty,the vehicle must be serviced byHyundai Authorized workshop inaccordance to the Owner’sManual and Service Booklet.


2-4

Subject to other terms of the warran-ty policy and the conditions and obli-gations laid down hereunder, Hyundai Motor India L imited here-inafter called “HMIL”, certifies that the components liable to affect the emission of the gaseous pollutants in the vehicle in normal use despite the use to which it may be subjected, comply with the provisions of Rule 115(2) of the Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 hereinafter referred to as the “In-use emission standard”, and further warrants that if on exam-ination by a dealer duly authorized by HMIL, the vehicle is discovered to be failing to meet the In-use emis-sion standard as specified in the said rule, our Authorized Dealer shall take such corrective measures as may be necessary and shall at its sole dis-cretion either repair or replace free of charge, such components of emis-sion control system as are specified in paragraph 3 hereof.

1. Warranty period

This warranty will be in addition toand run parallel to the New VehicleWarranty and shall exist for a periodof 36 months or until the vehicle hasbeen driven for a distance of 100,000kilometers from the date of deliveryto the first purchaser, whicheveroccurs first. This warranty is transfer-able to subsequent owner for theremaining warranty period.

2. What is covered

Our Authorized Dealers shall eitherrepair or replace, any Hyundai gen-uine part listed in paragraph 3 here-of, that is acknowledged by HMIL tobe defective in material or workman-ship within the warranty period stipu-lated above, after examinations car-ried out to confirm that none of theoriginal settings have been tamperedwith, at no cost to the owner of theHyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which havebeen replaced will become the prop-erty of HMIL.

3. Emission Warranty Parts List

3.1 Engine Control Module System• Engine Control Module• Crankshaft Position Sensor,

Camshaft Position Sensor,Throttle Position Sensor, MAPSensor, O2 Sensor, IAT &ECT Sensor

3.2 Fuel Metering System• Fuel injectors• Fuel Pumps

3.3 Air Induction System• Air Cleaner Housing Assembly• Throttle Body• Intake Manifold• Idle Speed Control Actuator

3.4 Ignition System• H.T. Cable Set• Ignition Coil• Power Transistor• Distributor and internal parts

3.5 Evaporative Emission Control System• Vapour Storage Canister• Fuel Tank

EmIssION WARRANTY

Hyundai W

arra

nty

Polic

y

2

2-5

• Fuel Filler Tube and Fuel fillerCap

• Purge Control Solenoid Valve• Canister Close Valve

3.6 PCV System• PCV Valve.• PCV Hoses• Oil Filler Cap

3.7 Catalytic Converter System• Exhaust Manifold• Exhaust Pipe Assembly• Catalytic Converter

3.8 Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) System (Diesel Engines)• EGR Control System

3.9 Miscellaneous items used in above Systems• Vacuum hoses, clamps, fit-

tings, tubing or mounting hard-ware used with the above sys-tems. Valves, Switches andSolenoids.


This Emission Warranty shall notapply to:

o Normal maintenance servicesincluding without limitation,engine tuning, oil/fluid changes,filters replenishment, etc.

o Replacement of parts as a resultof normal wear and tear such asspark plugs, filters, etc.

o The vehicle reported without valid‘Pollution Under Control’ certifi-cate for the period immediatelypreceding the test during whichthe failure is discovered.

o The vehicle which has been runon adulterated fuel or lubricant orfuel/lubricants other than thosespecified by HMIL.

o Damage or failure resulting from:v Negligence of proper mainte-

nance as required in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

vMisuse, abuse, accident, theft,flooding or fire.

v Use of improper or insufficientfuel, fluids or lubricants.

v Any repair carried out otherthan by Hyundai AuthorizedDealer/ Service Centre.

v Use of parts other thanHyundai Genuine Parts.

v Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.

vModifications, alterations,tampering or improper repair.

v Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designedor not approved by HMIL.

v Any penalties that may becharged by statutory authori-ties on account of failure tocomply with the In-use emis-sion standards.

v The vehicle in which theodometer has been tamperedwith, changed or been discon-nected.

o Any consequential repairs orreplacement of parts which maybe found necessary to establishcompliance to In-use emissionstandards, in addition to thereplacement of the componentscovered under EmissionWarranty, will not be made free ofcost unless such parts are alsofound to be in warrantable condi-tion within the scope and limit ofthe New Vehicle Warranty.


2-6

HYUNDAI EXTENDEDWARRANTY*HMIL offers optional paid extend-ed warranty on selected models, inaddition to the basic new vehiclewarranty. For more details onHyundai Extended Warrantyplease call the nearest dealer orour toll free number 1-800-11-4645*Conditions apply

o Incidental or consequential dam-ages, including without limitation,loss of time, inconvenience, lossof use of vehicle or commercialloss.

This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai vehiclesand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealeror its or his agent or employee isauthorized to make any oral warran-ty on HMIL’s behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make anyimprovement on the vehicle at anytime without any obligation to makethe same change on vehicles previ-ously sold.HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

o Proper use, maintenance andcare of vehicle in accordance withthe instructions contained in thisOwner’s Manual and Service

Booklet. If the vehicle is subjectto severe usage conditions, suchas operation in extremely dusty,rough, more repeated short dis-tance driving or heavy city trafficduring hot weather, maintenanceof vehicle should be done morefrequently as mentioned in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Emission Warranty, the vehi-cle must be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer or ServiceCentre in accordance to theOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Immediate Delivery of the vehicleto any authorized Hyundai Dealerupon discovery of failure to com-ply with the In-use emission stan-dard inspite of proper use, main-tenance and care of vehicle inaccordance with the instructions

contained in this Owner’s Manualand Service Booklet.

o Production of “Pollution UnderControl" (PUC) certificate valid forthe period immediately precedingthe test during which the failure isdiscovered, the test having beencarried out either for obtaining anew certificate, or pursuant uponbeing directed by an officer asreferred to in sub-rule (2) of Rule116 of the Central Motor VehiclesRules.

Hyundai W

arra

nty

Polic

y

2

2-7

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

Your vehicle at a glance

3Exterior overview (I) .............................................3-2Exterior overview (II) ............................................3-3Interior overview....................................................3-4Instrument panel overview ...................................3-5Engine compartment .............................................3-6

3-2

ExtErior ovErviEw (i)


1. Hood .........................................5-16

2. Headlight....................................9-68

3. Fog light .....................................9-68

4. Tires and wheels........................9-42

5. Outside rearview mirror .............5-23

6. Front windshield wiper blades ...9-35

7. Windows ....................................5-13

8. Antenna .......................................6-2

OAH2018001

� Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

3-3

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

ExtErior ovErviEw (ii)

1. Doors ............................................5-7

2. Fuel filler door.............................5-18

3. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)System* ......................................5-46

4. High mounted stop light..............9-72

5. Rear window wiper blade*..........9-35

6. Tailgate .......................................5-11

7. Rear view monitor* .....................5-48

* : if equipped

OAH2018002

� Rear view


3-4


iNtErior ovErviEw

1. Door lock/unlock button ..............5-8

2. Outside rearview mirror controlswitch*........................................5-24

3. Headlight leveling device*..........5-41

4. Steering wheel ..........................5-21

5. Seat ............................................4-2

6. Tailgate lid release lever ..........5-11

7. Fuel filler door opener ..............5-18

8. Hood release lever ....................5-16

* : if equipped

OAH2018003The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

3-5

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

iNStrUMENt PANEL ovErviEw

1. Light control/Turn signals ..........5-38

2. Wiper/Washer ............................5-43

3. Instrument cluster ......................5-25

4. Horn ..........................................5-21

5. Steering wheel audio controls ....6-3

6. Trip mode switch ........................5-29

7. hands-free controls* ....................6-4

8. Driver’s front air bag ..................4-25

9. Audio............................................6-8

10. Hazard warning flasher switch ..8-2

11. Climate control system ............5-50

12. Power outlet ............................5-63

13. Shift lever..........................7-9, 7-13

14. Passenger’s front air bag* ......4-25

15. Glove box ................................5-61

16. Window switch*........................5-13

* : if equipped

OAH2018004


3-6


ENGiNE CoMPArtMENt

OAH2078001R

� Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.0 MPI) - If equipped

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir............9-23

2. Engine oil filler cap ....................9-20

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ........9-27

4. Air cleaner ................................9-31

5. Fuse box ....................................9-54

6. Battery ......................................9-38

7. Windshield washer fluidreservoir ....................................9-29

8. Radiator cap ..............................9-24

9. Engine oil dipstick......................9-20

3-7

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

OAH2078002R

� Petrol Engine (Epsilon 1.1 MPI)


1. Engine coolant reservoir............9-23

2. Engine oil filler cap ....................9-20

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ........9-27

4. Air cleaner ................................9-31

5. Fuse box ....................................9-54

6. Battery ......................................9-38

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....................................9-29

8. Radiator cap ..............................9-24

9. Engine oil dipstick......................9-20

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Safety system of your vehicle

4

Seats .......................................................................4-2Front seats ........................................................................4-5Rear seats ..........................................................................4-6

Seat belts ................................................................4-9Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................4-14Additional seat belt safety precautions ...................4-16Care of seat belts ..........................................................4-19

Child restraint system .........................................4-20Using a child restraint system .....................................4-22

Air bag - supplemental restraint system (SRS)..........4-25How does the air bag system operate .....................4-26Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat..............................................................4-28Air bag warning and indicator .....................................4-28SRS components and functions ..................................4-29Driver's and passenger's front air bag ....................4-32SRS Care............................................................................4-39Air bag warning label ....................................................4-41

4-2


SEATS

OAH2038001

Front seats1. Forward and backward

2. Seatback angle

3. Headrest

Rear seats4. Headrest

5. Seatback folding

The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

� Passenger’s Side

� Driver’s Side

� Rear Seat

4-3

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4Loose objects

Loose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the oper-ation of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING

Uprighting seat

When you return the seatback toits upright position, hold the seat-back and return it slowly and besure there are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould move forward or backwardresulting in accidental injury to aperson struck by the seatback.

WARNING

Driver responsibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with seatbackreclined could lead to serious orfatal injury in an accident. If a seatis reclined during an accident, theoccupant’s hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt applyinggreat force to the unprotectedabdomen. The protection of yourrestraint system (seat belt and airbags) is greatly reduced by reclin-ing your seat. Serious or fatal inter-nal injuries could result. The drivermust advise the passenger to keepthe seatback in an upright positionwhenever the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING

Do not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop. Serious orfatal internal injuries could resultbecause the seat belt can't oper-ate normally.

WARNING

4-4


Driver’s seat

• Never attempt to adjust seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident causing death, seri-ous injury, or property damage.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air bag

WARNING injuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle.

Rear seatbacks

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in serious injuryor death in the event of a suddenstop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

WARNING

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

• When resetting the seatback tothe upright position, make sure it issecurely latched by pushing it for-ward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

After adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could causeyou to lose control of the vehicleresulting in an accident.

WARNING

4-5

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Front seats

Forward and rearwardTo move the seat forward or rear-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustmentlever up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked secure-ly by trying to move forward and rear-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up onthe seatback recline lever.

2. Carefully lean back on the seatand adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

• Do not adjust the seat while wear-ing seat belts. Moving the seatcushion forward may causestrong pressure on the abdomen.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.

• Do not put a cigarette lighter onthe floor or seat. When you oper-ate the seat, gas may gush out ofthe lighter and cause fire.

• If there are occupants in the rearseats, be careful while adjustingthe front seat position.

WARNING

OAH2038002

OAH2038003

4-6


Headrest

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and com-fort. The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps to protect thehead and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

Rear seats Headrest

The rear seats are equipped withheadrests in all the seating positionsfor the occupant's safety and com-fort. The headrest not only provides com-fort for passengers, but also helps toprotect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks (or cushions)may be folded to facilitate carryinglong items or to increase the luggagecapacity of the vehicle.

OAH2038004

OAH2038023

• Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the vehicle is moving asthis is not a proper seating posi-tion and no seat belts are avail-able for use. This could result inserious injury or death in case ofan accident or sudden stop.

• Objects carried on the foldeddown seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allowcargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during suddenstops.

WARNING

4-7

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

1. Set the front seatback to theupright position and if necessary,slide the front seat forward.

2. Insert the rear lap/shoulder beltplate into the holder on the sidetrim. It will prevent the lap/shoulderbelt from interfering with the seat-back when folding.

3. Pull up both sides of the seatbacklever and fold the seatback towardthe front of the vehicle.

To use the rear seat, lift and push upthe seatback backward. Push theseatback firmly until it clicks intoplace. Make sure the seatback islocked in place.When returning the rear seatbacks tothe upright position, remember toreturn the rear shoulder belts to theirproper position.

Information If you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you willbe able to pull the belt out smoothly.

i

OAH2038005

OAH2038006

OAH2038009

4-8


• When returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

• Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guideswill help keep the seat belts frombeing trapped behind or under theseats.

NOTICE

When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterbeing folded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that theseatback is completely locked intoits upright position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.Otherwise, in an accident or sud-den stop, the seat could fold downand allow cargo to enter the pas-senger compartment, which couldresult in serious injury or death.

WARNING

Cargo loading

Make sure the engine is off, theAutomated Manual Transmissionis in N (Neutral) or the ManualTransmission is in R (Reverse) or1st, and the parking brake issecurely applied whenever load-ing or unloading cargo. Failure totake these steps may allow thevehicle to move if the shift lever isinadvertently moved to anotherposition.

WARNING

Cargo

Cargo should always be securedto prevent it from being thrownabout the vehicle in a collision andcausing injury to the vehicle occu-pants. Do not place objects in therear seats, since they cannot beproperly secured and may hit thefront seat occupants in a collision.

WARNING

4-9

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

SEAT BELTS

• For maximum restraint systemprotection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thecar is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be movedas far back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder belt

WARNING under your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned mid-way over your shoulder acrossyour collarbone.

• Never wear a seat belt overfragile objects. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, the seat beltcan damage it.

• Avoid wearing twisted seatbelts. A twisted belt can't do itsjob as well. In a collision, it couldeven cut into you. Be sure thebelt webbing is straight and nottwisted.

• Be careful not to damage thebelt webbing or hardware. If thebelt webbing or hardware isdamaged, replace it.

Seat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protection forwhich they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer. Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged. It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn in

WARNING

4-10


Seat belt warning (if equipped)

As a reminder to the driver (or frontpassenger), the driver’s (or front pas-senger’s) seat belt warning lights willilluminate for approximately 6 sec-onds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fasten-ing.If the driver’s (or front passenger’s)seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned ON or if it isdisconnected after the ignition switchis turned ON, the seat belt warninglight will illuminate until the belt isfastened.

a severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

• No modifications or additionsshould be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from oper-ating to remove slack, or preventthe seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

WARNING

• When you fasten the seat belt, becareful not to latch the seat belt inbuckles of other seat. It's very dan-gerous and you may not be pro-tected by the seat belt properly.

• Do not unfasten the seat belt anddo not fasten and unfasten theseat belt repeatedly while driving.This could result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat belt doesnot pass over objects that arehard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing in thebuckle. The seat belt may not befastened securely.

1GQA2083

4-11

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 9 km/h, theilluminated warning light will start toblink until you drive under 6 km/h.If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 20 km/h (12mph) the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 sec-onds and the corresponding warninglight will blink.

Information• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the clus-ter.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink or illuminate for 6seconds.

• The front passenger's seat beltwarning may operate when luggageis placed on the front passenger seat.

Lap/shoulder belt

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.

You should place the lap belt (1) por-tion across your hips and the shoul-der belt (2) portion across yourchest. The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

iOHSS038101

OHSS038100

4-12


InformationIf you are not able to pull out the safe-ty belt from the retractor, firmly pullthe belt out and release it. Afterrelease, you will be able to pull the beltout smoothly.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) in the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

i

Improperly positioned seat belts mayincrease the risk of serious injury inan accident. Take the following pre-cautions when adjusting the seatbelt:• Position the lap portion of the seatbelt as low as possible across yourhips, not on your waist, so that itfits snugly. This allows your strongpelvic bones to absorb the force ofthe crash, reducing the chance ofinternal injuries.

• Position one arm under the shoul-der belt and the other over the belt,as shown in the illustration.

• Never position the shoulder beltacross your neck or face.

WARNING

OHSS038103

4-13

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Lap belt

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten a 2-point static type belt,insert the metal tab into the lockingbuckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. Check to make sure the beltis properly locked and that the belt isnot twisted.

With a 2-point static type seat belt, thelength must be adjusted manually soit fits snugly around your body. Fastenthe belt and pull on the loose end totighten. The belt should be placed aslow as possible on your hips, not onyour waist. If the belt is too high, itcould increase the possibility of yourbeing injured in an accident.

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

OHSS038003

OAH2038007OHSS038004

Too high

Shorten Correct

4-14


To release the seat belt:When you want to release the seatbelt, press the button (1) in the lock-ing buckle.

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's Pre-tensionerSeat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner).The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in cer-tain frontal collision(s). The pre-ten-sioner seat belts may be activated incrashes where the frontal collision(s)is severe enough, together with theair bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull theseat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.

The center lap belt latching mech-anism is different from those forthe rear seat shoulder belts. Whenfastening the rear seat shoulderbelts or the center lap belt, makesure they are inserted into the cor-rect buckles to obtain maximumprotection from the seat belt sys-tem and assure proper operation.

WARNING

OHSS038005

OIB034039

4-15

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents. Their locations are shown inthe illustration:(1) SRS air bag warning light(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly(3) SRS control module

8KMB3311/H

• Always wear your seat belt andsit properly in your seat.

• Do not use the seat belt if it isloose or twisted. A loose ortwisted seat belt will not protectyou properly in an accident.

• Do not place anything near thebuckle. This may adversely affectthe buckle and cause it to func-tion improperly.

• Always replace your pre-tension-ers after activation or an acci-dent.

• NEVER inspect, service, repair orreplace the pre-tensioners your-self. This must be done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not hit the seat belt assem-blies.

WARNING

Do not touch the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies for severalminutes after they have been acti-vated. When the pre-tensionerseat belt mechanism deploys dur-ing a collision, the pre-tensionercan become hot and can burnyou.

WARNING

Body work on the front area of thevehicle may damage the pre-ten-sioner seat belt system.Therefore, we recommend thesystem to be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

4-16


The sensor that activates the SRScontrol module is connected with thepre–tensioner seat belts. The SRSair bag warning light on the instru-ment cluster will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds after theignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and then it should turn off.If the pre-tensioner is not working prop-erly, the warning light will illuminateeven if the SRS air bag is not malfunc-tioning. If the warning light does notilluminate, stays illuminated or illumi-nates when the vehicle is being driven,we recommend the pre-tensioner seatbelts and/or SRS control module beinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

Information • Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal colli-sions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be inhaled for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areasthoroughly after an accident inwhich the pre-tensioner seat beltswere activated.

Additional seat belt safety pre-cautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be usedduring pregnancy. The best way toprotect your unborn child is to protectyourself by always wearing the seatbelt.Pregnant women should always weara lap-shoulder seat belt. Place theshoulder belt across your chest, rout-ed between your breasts and awayfrom your neck. Place the lap beltbelow your belly so that it fits SNUGLYacross your hips and pelvic bone,under the rounded part of the belly.

iNOTICE

To reduce the risk of serious injuryor death to an unborn child duringan accident, pregnant womenshould NEVER place the lap por-tion of the seat belt above or overthe area of the abdomen wherethe unborn child is located.

WARNING

4-17

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children Most countries have Child RestraintSystem laws which require children totravel in approved Child RestraintSystem devices, including boosterseats. The age at which seat belts canbe used instead of Child RestraintSystem differs among countries, soyou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country, andwhere you are travelling. Infant andChild Restraint System must be prop-erly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more details refer to the “ChildRestraint Systems” in this chapter.

Small children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat by aChild Restraint System that meetsthe requirements of the SafetyStandards of your country. Beforebuying any Child Restraint System,make sure that it has a label certify-ing that it meets Safety Standard ofyour country. The Child RestraintSystem must be appropriate for yourchild's height and weight. Check thelabel on the Child Restraint Systemfor this information. Refer to “ChildRestraint Systems” in this chapter.

ALWAYS properly restrain infantsand small children in a ChildRestraint System appropriate forthe child’s height and weight. Toreduce the risk of serious injury ordeath to a child and other passen-gers, NEVER hold a child in yourlap or arms when the vehicle ismoving. The violent forces createdduring an accident will tear the childfrom your arms and throw the childagainst the interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

4-18


Larger children Children under age 13 and who aretoo large for a booster seat shouldalways occupy the rear seat and usethe available lap/shoulder belts. Aseat belt should lie across the upperthighs and be snug across the shoul-der and chest to restrain the childsafely. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the beltout of position. In the event of an acci-dent, children are afforded the bestsafety restrained by a proper ChildRestraint System in the rear seats.If a larger child over age 13 must beseated in the front seat, the childmust be securely restrained by theavailable lap/shoulder belt and theseat should be placed in the rear-most position.If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the centerof the vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck, they needto be returned to an appropriatebooster seat in the rear seat.

Seat belt use and injured peopleA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.Consult a physician for specific rec-ommendations.

One person per belt Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotections of your restraint system(seat belts and/or air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly. During an accident, you could bethrown into the seat belt, causingneck or other injuries.

• Always make sure larger chil-dren’s seat belts are worn andproperly adjusted.

• NEVER allow the shoulder beltto contact the child’s neck orface.

• Do not allow more than onechild to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

4-19

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

The more the seat back is reclined,the greater the chance for the pas-senger's hips to slide under the lapbelt or the passenger's neck to strikethe shoulder belt.

Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an acci-dent. This should be done even if nodamage is visible. We recommend thatyou consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• NEVER ride with a reclined seat-back when the vehicle is moving.

• Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of acollision or sudden stop.

• Driver and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING

4-20


Children riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.Larger children not in a child restraintshould use one of the seat belts pro-vided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of theSafety Standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt.Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used.

Before buying a particular childrestraint system, make sure it fitsyour car seat and seat belts, and fitsyour child. Follow all the instructionsprovided by the manufacturer wheninstalling the child restraint system.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

• A child restraint system must beplaced in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat onthe front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur andcause the passenger-side airbag to deploy, it could severelyinjure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat.Thus only use a child restraint inthe rear seat of your vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on asunny day, even if the outsidetemperature does not feel hot.Be sure to check the seat coverand buckles before placing achild there.

WARNING

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriouslyinjured or killed by an inflatingair bag. All children, even thosetoo large for child restraints,must ride in the rear seat.

4-21

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

WARNING • Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child. During a crash, thebelt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

• Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the same seatbelt.

• Children often squirm and reposi-tion themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inrear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the child canbe violently thrown against thevehicles interior, resulting in seri-ous injury.

• Never use an infant carrier or achild safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

• After an accident, we recom-mend that the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint systemin the rear seat behind the frontpassenger.

4-22


Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired.

This child seat or infant seat shouldbe of appropriate size for the childand should be installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer'sinstructions. For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system is usedin the rear seats.

CRS09

OIB034017

� Forward-facing child restraint system

� Rearward-facing child restraint system

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger thatan inflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

WARNING

Child seat installation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properlyanchored to the car and thechild is not properly restrained inthe child restraint. Beforeinstalling the child restraint sys-tem, read the instructions sup-plied by the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe risk and/or severity of injuryin an accident.

WARNING

4-23

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Installing a child restraint systemby lap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1. Place the child restraint system inthe seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow theseat belt to take up any slack. Afterinstallation of the child restraintsystem, try to move it in all direc-tions to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pullmore webbing toward the retractor.When you unbuckle the seat belt andallow it to retract, the retractor willautomatically revert back to its nor-mal seated passenger emergencylocking usage condition.

MMSA3030E2BLD310

E2MS103005

4-24


Mass Group Co-Driver 2nd row LH 2nd row RH 2nd row Centre IntermediateCentre

Group 0Up to 10 kg X U U X -

Group 0+Up to 13 kg X U U X -

Group I9 to 18 kg UF U U UF -

Group II15 to 25 kg UF U U UF -

Group III22 to 36 kg UF U U UF -

Key of letters to be inserted in the above table :

U = Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.

UF = Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.

X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.

LH = Left Hand, RH = Right HandRemarks:- Front LH Seat upright. Rearmost position. Seat belt shoulder anchorage to lowest position.

Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safety seats,refer to the following table.

4-25

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag*

* : if equipped

OAH2038008

4-26


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able toinflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is placed to the ONor START position.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of serious frontal collision inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident. It is much more likely that you willsimply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofair bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which acollision occurs and the need toget the air bag between the occu-pant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary partof air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• Even in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengers mustalways wear the safety belts pro-vided in order to minimize the riskand severity of injury in the eventof a collision or rollover.

• SRS and pretensioners containexplosive chemicals. If scraping a vehicle withoutremoving SRS and pretensionersfrom a vehicle, it may cause fire.Before scraping a vehicle, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Keep the SRS parts and wiringsaway from water or any liquid. Ifthe SRS components are inoper-ative due to exposure to water orliquids, it may cause fire or severeinjury.

WARNING

4-27

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.After the air bag inflates, you mayfeel substantial discomfort in breath-ing due to the contact of your chestwith both the seat belt and the airbag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder. Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to theskin (eyes, nose and throat, etc.). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consultwith the doctor if the symptom per-sists.

• To avoid severe personal injuryor death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble. The front passenger shouldalways move their seat as farback as possible and sit back intheir seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of a collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not ina proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.

When the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roofrails above the front and reardoors are very hot. To preventinjury, do not touch the air bagstorage areas internal compo-nents immediately after an air baghas inflated.

WARNING

WARNING

4-28


Do not install a child restraint onthe front passenger’s seat.(if equipped)

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraints in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it would causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

Air bag warning and indicator(if equipped)Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warninglight in your instrument panel is toalert you of a potential problem withyour air bag - Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS).

OYDESA2042

• NEVER use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seat protect-ed by an ACTIVE AIR BAG infront of it, DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the CHILD canoccur.

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If thefront passenger air bag inflates,it would cause serious or fatalinjuries.

WARNING

W7-147

4-29

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the warning light should illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds,then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-cle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the ignitionswitch is in ON position.

SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:(1) Driver's front air bag module(2) Passenger's front air bag module*(3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system*(4) Air bag warning light(5) SRS control module (SRSCM)(6) Front impact sensors

* : if equipped

The SRSCM continuously monitorsall SRS components while the igni-tion switch is ON to determine if acrash impact is severe enough torequire air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate forabout 6 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,after which the air bag warning lightshould go out.

OAH2038010

4-30


The air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunc-tion of the SRS. We recommendthat the system be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminat-ing for approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while thevehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the ignitionswitch is in ON position.

WARNING

B240B01L

� Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L


4-31

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain for-ward visibility and the ability to steeror operate other controls.

B240B03L


B240B05L

� Passenger’s front air bag

• Do not install or place any acces-sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

WARNING

• When installing a container ofliquid air freshener inside thevehicle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• If an air bag deploys, there maybe a loud noise followed by afine dust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with cold waterand a mild soap after an acci-dent in which the air bags weredeployed.

WARNING

4-32


Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag)System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seat-ing positions.

The indications of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"engraved on the air bag pad cover inthe steering wheel and the passen-ger's side front panel pad above theglove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity.

• The SRS can function onlywhen the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS airbag warning light to illuminate.

OAH2038011

OAH2038012

� Driver’s front air bag

� Passenger’s front air bag

4-33

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

can injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengersshould never sit or lean unnec-essarily close to the air bags.Improperly positioned driversand passengers can be severe-ly injured by inflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• No objects (such as crash padcover, cellular phone holder, cupholder, perfume or stickers)

Always use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags,improperly and unbelted occu-pants can be severely injuredwhen the air bag inflates. Alwaysfollow the precautions about seatbelts, air bags and occupant safe-ty contained in this manual. To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries and receive themaximum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any childor booster seat in the front seat.

• ABC – Always Buckle Children inthe back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side impact air bags

WARNING should be placed over or nearthe air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrumentpanel, windshield glass, and thefront passenger's panel abovethe glove box. Such objectscould cause harm if the vehicleis in a crash severe enough tocause the air bags to deploy.

• Do not attach any objects on thefront windshield and inside mir-ror.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the airbags or by rendering the SRSinoperative.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, we rec-ommend that the system beinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Air bags can only be used once– we recommend that the sys-tem be replaced by an author-

4-34


dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protectionin all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unnec-essarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags when an impactis sufficiently severe.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

• A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the frontseat. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by anair bag deployment in case of anaccident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-

tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position becauseof not wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious orfatal injuries.

4-35

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a col-lision? (Inflation and non-inflationconditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not beexpected to provide additional pro-tection. These include rear impacts, secondor third collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts.

(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

OAH2038013/OAH2038014/OAH2038015

Air bag collision sensors

4-36


Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflatein certain frontal collision dependingon the crash severity of the front col-lision.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, air bags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

• Do not hit or allow any objects toimpact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags maydeploy when they should not orthey may not deploy when theyshould, causing severe injury ordeath. Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around theair bag sensors. We recommendthat the system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Problems may arise if the sen-sor installation angles are

WARNING changed due to the deformationof the front bumper and body.We recommend that the systembe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehiclescollision and air bag deploymentperformance.

OAH2038016

4-37

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

• Front air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, becauseoccupants are moved backward bythe force of the impact. In thiscase, inflated air bags would not beable to provide any additional ben-efit.

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, frontal air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.

OAH2038017

OAH2038018 OAH2038019

4-38


• In a slant or angled collision, theforce of impact may direct theoccupants in a direction where theair bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit, andthus the sensors may not deployany air bags.

• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreduced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

• Air bags do not inflate in rolloveraccidents because vehicle can notdetect rollover accident.

OBH038060 OAH2038020 OED036104

4-39

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated andthe collision energy is absorbed bythe vehicle structure.

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts youcan safely service by yourself. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate, or continuously remainson, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

We recommend that the any work onthe SRS system, such as removing,installing, repairing, or any work onthe steering wheel, the front passen-ger's panel, front seats and roof railsbe performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handlingof the SRS system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

OAH2038021

• Modification to SRS compo-nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badges tothe pad covers or modificationsto the body structure, canadversely affect SRS perform-ance and lead to possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag padcovers, use only a soft, dry clothor one which has been mois-tened with plain water. Solventsor cleaners could adverselyaffect the air bag covers andproper deployment of the sys-tem.

• No objects should be placedover or near the air bag moduleson the steering wheel, instru-ment panel, and the front pas-senger's panel above the glovebox, because any such objectcould cause harm if the vehicleis in a crash severe enough tocause the air bags to inflate.

• If the air bags inflate, we recom-mend that the system be replaced

WARNING

4-40


Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in thecargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor.

• Passengers should not move outof or change seats while the vehi-cle is moving. A passenger who isnot wearing a seat belt during acrash or emergency stop can bethrown against the inside of thevehicle, against other occupants,or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seatbelt, they could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision.

• Do not use any accessories onseat belts. Devices claiming toimprove occupant comfort or repo-sition the seat belt can reduce theprotection provided by the seat beltand increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lapor in your mouth can result ininjuries if an air bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seatswith their seat belts on and theirfeet on the floor. If occupants aretoo close to the air bag covers,they could be injured if the air bagsinflate.

• Do not attach or place objects onor near the air bag covers. Anyobject attached to or placed on thefront or side impact air bag coverscould interfere with the properoperation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seatscould interfere with the operation ofthe supplemental restraint systemsensing components or side impactair bags.

by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental inflation of theair bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give youthe necessary information.Failure to follow these precau-tions and procedures couldincrease the risk of personalinjury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onthe flooring, you shouldn't try tostart the engine; we recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

4-41

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under thefront seats could interfere with theoperation of the supplementalrestraint system sensing compo-nents and wiring harnesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event ofa crash. All infants and childrenshould be properly restrained inappropriate child safety seats orseat belts in the rear seat.

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the opera-tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning label (if equipped)

Air bag warning labels are attachedto alert the driver and passengers ofpotential risks of the air bag system.Be sure to read all of the informationabout the air bags that are installed onyour vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.

• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehi-cle resulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

WARNING

OAH2038022

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing your vehicle .........................................5-3Remote key .......................................................................5-3Remote key precautions..................................................5-4Immobilizer system............................................................5-6

Door locks ...............................................................5-7Operating door locks from outside the vehicle .......5-7Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ..........5-8Auto door lock/unlock features ...................................5-9Child-protector rear door locks..................................5-10

Tailgate ..................................................................5-11Opening the tailgate.......................................................5-11Closing the tailgate .........................................................5-12

Windows ................................................................5-13Power windows ..............................................................5-13

Hood.......................................................................5-16Opening the hood ..........................................................5-16

Fuel filler door .....................................................5-18Opening the fuel filler door .........................................5-18Closing the fuel filler door ...........................................5-19

Steering wheel......................................................5-21Electric power steering (EPS)......................................5-21Horn....................................................................................5-21

Mirrors...................................................................5-22Inside rearview mirror....................................................5-22Outside rearview mirror ..............................................5-23

Instrument cluster................................................5-25Instrument Cluster Control............................................5-26Gauges ...............................................................................5-26Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................5-28Warning and indicator lights ........................................5-32

Light .......................................................................5-38Exterior lights ..................................................................5-38Interior lights....................................................................5-41

Wipers and washers ............................................5-43Windshield wipers ..........................................................5-44Windshield washers .....................................................5-44Rear window wiper and washer switch ...................5-45

Driver assist system ............................................5-46Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system ..........5-46Rear View Monitor..........................................................5-48

Climate control system........................................5-50Defroster ...........................................................................5-50Manual climate control system .................................5-51

5

Storage compartment..........................................5-61Center console storage .................................................5-61Glove box ..........................................................................5-61

Interior features...................................................5-62Clock ..................................................................................5-62Sunvisor .............................................................................5-62Power outlet ....................................................................5-63Cargo area cover ...........................................................5-64

5

5-3

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Remote key

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,which you can use to lock or unlocka door.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock

LockingTo lock : 1. Close all doors, engine hood andtailgate.

2. Press the Door Lock button (1) onthe remote key.

3. The doors will lock. The hazardwarning lights will blink once.

4. Make sure the doors are locked bychecking the position of the doorlock button inside the vehicle.

UnlockingTo unlock:1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)on the remote key.

2. The doors will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink two times.

Information After unlocking the doors, the doorswill lock automatically after 30 sec-onds unless a door is opened.

i

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE

OAH2048001

Do not leave the keys in your vehi-cle with unsupervised children.Unattended children could placethe key in the ignition switch andmay operate power windows orother controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING

5-4


Start-up For detailed information refer to “KeyIgnition Switch” in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the remotekey:• Keep the remote key away fromwater or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the remote key gets damp(due to drinks or moisture), or isheated, internal circuit may mal-function, excluding the car from thewarranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing theremote key.

• Protect the remote key fromextreme temperatures.

Remote key precautionsThe remote key will not work if any ofthe following occur:• The key is in the ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distancelimit (about 30 m [90 feet]).

• The remote key battery is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

• The weather is extremely cold.• The remote key is close to a radiotransmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of theremote key.

When the remote key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If you havea problem with the remote key, it isrecommended that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.If the remote key is in close proximi-ty to your mobile phone, the signalcould be blocked by your mobilephones normal operational signals.

This is especially important when thephone is active such as making andreceiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the remote key andyour mobile phone in the same pantsor jacket pocket and always try tomaintain an adequate distancebetween the two devices.

Information Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it will notbe covered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

Keep the remote key away fromelectromagnetic materials thatblocks electromagnetic waves to thekey surface.

NOTICE

i

NOTICE

5-5

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for sev-eral years. When replacement is nec-essary, use the following procedure.

1. Turn the screw (1) counterclock-wise using a philips head screw-driver until the screw gets loose.

2. Insert a slim tool into the slot andgently pry open the transmittercover.

3. Open the inner transmitter cover(2) by removing the hook from theslots (3).

4. Replace the battery (4) with a newbattery (CR1220).

5. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

For transmitter replacement, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer fortransmitter reprogramming.

If you suspect your remote key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your remote key is not work-ing correctly, it is recommended thatyou contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)and regulation.

i

OAH2048051

OAH2048002

OAH2048003

5-6


Immobilizer systemThe immobilizer system protects yourvehicle from theft. If an improperlycoded key (or other device) is used,the engine’s fuel system is disabled.When the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the immobilizer sys-tem indicator should come on briefly,then go off. If the indicator starts toblink, the system does not recognizethe coding of the key.Place the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position, then place theignition switch to the ON positionagain.The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e., keychain) is near the key. The enginemay not start because the metal mayinterrupt the transponder signal fromtransmitting normally.If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of the key, it isrecommended that you contact yourHYUNDAI dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system oradd other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is animportant part of the immobilizer sys-tem. It is designed to give years oftrouble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to moisture,static electricity and rough handling.Immobilizer system malfunctioncould occur.

NOTICE

In order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential.

WARNING

5-7

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle Mechanical key

Turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.If you lock/unlock the driver's doorwith a key, all vehicle doors willlock/unlock automatically. Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Remote key

To lock the doors, press the DoorLock button (1) on the remote key.To unlock the doors, press the DoorUnlock button (2) on the remote key.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Information • In cold and wet climates, door lockand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

iDOOR LOCKS

OAH2048001

OAH2048004

5-8


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicle With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (2) outward.

• Front doors cannot be locked if thekey is in the ignition switch and anyfront door is open.

Information If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit: Operate the door unlock featurerepeatedly (both electronic and manu-al) while simultaneously pulling on thedoor handle. Operate the other door locks and han-dles, front and rear. Lower a front window and use themechanical key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

i

OAH2048005

• The doors should always befully closed and locked while thevehicle is in motion. If the doorsare unlocked, the risk of beingthrown from the vehicle in acrash is increased.

• Do not pull the inner door handleof the driver’s or passenger’sdoor while the vehicle is moving.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle. Anenclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orserious injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannotescape the vehicle. Children mightoperate features of the vehicle thatcould injure them, or they couldencounter other harm, possiblyfrom someone gaining entry to thevehicle.

WARNING

5-9

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Auto door lock/unlock features Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when an impact causes theair bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically lockedwhen vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9 mph).

Always secure your vehicle

Leaving your vehicle unlockedincreases the potential risk to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle.To secure your vehicle, whiledepressing the brake, move the shiftlever to the N (Neutral) position (forAutomated Manual Transmission)or first gear or R (Reverse) (forManual Transmission), engage theparking brake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position,close all windows, lock all doors,and always take the key with you.

WARNING

Opening a door when something isapproaching may cause damageor injury. Be careful when openingdoors and watch for vehicles,motorcycles, bicycles or pedestri-ans approaching the vehicle in thepath of the door.

WARNING

If you stay in the vehicle for a longtime while the weather is very hotor cold, there are risks of injuriesor danger to life. Do not lock thevehicle from the outside whensomeone is in the vehicle.

WARNING

5-10


Child-protector rear door locks

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children seated in therear from accidentally opening therear doors. The rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.

The child safety lock is located onthe edge of each rear door. When thechild safety lock is in the lock position( ), the rear door will not open ifthe inner door handle is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert akey (or screwdriver) into the hole (1)and turn it to the lock ( ) position.To allow a rear door to be openedfrom inside the vehicle, unlock thechild safety lock.

If children accidently open the reardoors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle. The rear door safety locksshould always be used wheneverchildren are in the vehicle.

WARNING

OAH2048006

5-11

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Opening the tailgate

With the key (if equipped)• The tailgate unlocks by turning thekey to the "Unlock" position.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can beopened by pulling up the tailgateby the handle.

With the tailgate lid release lever • To open the tailgate from inside thevehicle, pull up the tailgate lidrelease lever.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can beopened by pulling up the tailgateby the handle.

Information In cold and wet climates, door lockand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Make certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is not closedprior to driving.

NOTICE

i

TAILGATE

OAH2048007

The tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

WARNING

OAH2048008

5-12


Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make surethat the tailgate is securely latched.

Do not hold the part (gas lifter) thatsupports the tailgate. Be aware thatthe deformation of the part maycause vehicle damage and a risk ofsafety accident.

WARNING

OAH2048010

Rear cargo area

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where norestraints are available. To avoidinjury in the event of an accident orsudden stops, occupants shouldalways be properly restrained.

WARNING

Always keep the tailgate lid com-pletely closed while the vehicle is inmotion. If it is left open or ajar, poi-sonous exhaust gases containingcarbon monoxide (CO) may enterthe vehicle and serious illness ordeath may result.

WARNING

5-13

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Power windows (if equipped)(1) Driver’s door power window

switch(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch(3) Rear power window switch

(Right)*(4) Rear power window switch

(Left)*(5) Window opening and closing(6) Power window lock switch*(7) Rear power window switch

(Right) on rear door(8) Rear power window switch (Left)

on rear door

* : if equipped

WINDOWS

OAH2048011

5-14


The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to be able to raise or lowerthe windows. Each Rear Door has aPower Window Switch to control thedoor’s Window. For the Front Door,The Power Window Switch is provid-ed in the Center Console(for theDriver and Front PassengerOperation). The Power Window in theconsole has a window lock switchwhich can block the operation of rearwindows.The power windows will operate forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition switch is placed in the ACCor LOCK/OFF position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, thePower Windows cannot be operatedeven within the 30 second period.

Information • In cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear windowsdown, your vehicle may demonstratea wind buffeting or pulsation noise.This noise is normal and can bereduced or eliminated by taking thefollowing actions. If the noise occurswith one or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both front win-dows approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).

Window operating and closing(Rear Door)

To open or close a window, pressdown or pull up the front portion ofthe corresponding switch (5).

i

OAH2048012

5-15

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Power window lock switch (if equipped)

The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear passen-gers' doors by pressing the powerwindow lock switch.When the power window lock switchis pressed:• The driver’s and front passenger’smaster control(the switch on thecenter console) can operate all thepower windows

• The rear passenger's control can-not operate the rear passengers'power window.

• To prevent possible damage to thepower window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch at the center console andthe individual door window switch(on rear doors) in opposite directionat the same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

NOTICE

OAH2048013

• NEVER leave the keys in yourvehicle with unsupervised chil-dren, when the engine is run-ning.

• NEVER leave any child unat-tended in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertent-ly cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or otherwise injure them-selves or others.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep themain power window(on the centerconsole) lock switch in LOCKposition(pressed). Serious injury can result fromunintentional window operation bythe child.

• Do not extend your head, armsor body outside the windowswhile driving.WARNING

HOOD

5-16


Opening the hood

1. Make sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral, for Automated ManualTransmission vehicle) or first gearor R (Reverse, for ManualTransmission vehicle) and set theparking brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch up (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

4. Pull out the support rod.5. Hold the hood opened with thesupport rod.

OAH2048015

OAH2048014

OAH2048016

The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedwhenever you inspect the enginecompartment. This will prevent thehood from falling and possiblyinjuring you.

WARNING

5-17

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check thefollowing:• All filler caps in engine compart-ment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com-bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood halfway (liftedapproximately 30cm from theclosed position) and push down tosecurely lock in place. Then dou-ble check to be sure the hood issecure.

• Before closing the hood, ensurethat all obstructions areremoved from the hood opening.Closing the hood with anobstruction present in the hoodopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor be damaged.

WARNING

Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. Check thereis no hood open warning light ormessage displayed on the instru-ment cluster. Driving with the hoodopened may cause a total loss ofvisibility, which might result in anaccident.

WARNING

5-18


Opening the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pulling upthe fuel filler door opener.1. Stop the engine.2. Pull the fuel filler door opener up.

3. Pull the fuel filler door out (1) tofully open.

4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),turn it counterclockwise. You mayhear a hissing noise as the pres-sure inside the tank equalizes.

5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information If the fuel filler door does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the door to break theice and release the door. Do not pry onthe door. If necessary, spray around thedoor with an approved de-icer fluid (donot use radiator anti-freeze) or movethe vehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

iFUEL FILLER DOOR

OAH2048017

OAH2048018

5-19

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Closing the fuel filler door1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turnit clockwise until it “clicks” once.This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler door (1) andpush it lightly and make sure that itis securely closed.

Petrol is highly flammable andexplosive. Failure to follow theseguidelines may result in SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH: • Read and follow all warningsposted at the gas station.

• Before refueling, note the loca-tion of the Emergency PetrolShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate the poten-tial build-up of static electricityby touching a metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle,or other gas source, with yourbare hand.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors and cause afire.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refueling.You can generate a build-up ofstatic electricity by touching, rub-bing or sliding against any item orfabric capable of producing staticelectricity. Static electricity dis-charge can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle,you should once again eliminatepotentially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle orother petrol source, with yourbare hand.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact betweenyour bare hand and the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

• Use only approved portable plasticfuel containers designed to carryand store petrol.

• When refueling, always move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) posi-tion (for Automated ManualTransmission vehicle) or firstgear or R (Reverse) (for ManualTransmission vehicle), set theparking brake, and place the igni-tion switch to the LOCK/OFFposition. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire.

• Do not use matches or a lighter

WARNING

5-20


Information • Make sure to refuel your vehicleaccording to the "Fuel Requirements"suggested in the foreword chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur-faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuelspilled on painted surfaces maydamage the paint.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace-ment, use only a genuine HYUNDAIcap or the equivalent specified foryour vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler capcan result in a serious malfunction ofthe fuel system or emission controlsystem.

NOTICE

iand do not smoke or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station, especially duringrefueling.

• Do not over-fill or top-off yourvehicle tank, which can causepetrol spillage.

• If a fire breaks out during refuel-ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local firedepartment. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out, itcan cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Alwaysremove the fuel cap carefullyand slowly. If the cap is ventingfuel or if you hear a hissingsound, wait until the conditionstops before completely remov-ing the cap.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuel

spillage in the event of an acci-dent.

STEERING WHEEL

5-21

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Electric power steering (EPS)The system assists you with steeringthe vehicle. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system becomesinoperative, the vehicle may still besteered, but it will require increasedsteering effort.Also, the steering effort becomesheavier as the vehicle’s speedincreases and becomes lighter asthe vehicle’s speed decreases forbetter control of the steering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, we recommendthat the system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the Electric Power SteeringSystem does not operate normally,the warning light ( ) will illuminateon the instrument cluster. The steer-ing wheel may become difficult tocontrol or operate. Take your vehicleto an authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked assoon as possible.

Information The following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:• The steering effort may be highimmediately after placing the igni-tion switch in the ON position.This happens as the system per-forms the EPS system diagnostics.When the diagnostics is completed,the steering wheel will return to itsnormal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isplaced to the ON or LOCK/OFFposition.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperature, abnormalnoise may occur. If temperaturerises, the noise will disappear. Thisis a normal condition.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only when this areais pressed.

Do not strike the horn pad severelyto operate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn pad with asharp-pointed object.

NOTICE

i

NOTICE

OAH2048019

MIRRORS

5-22


Inside rearview mirrorBefore you start driving, adjust therearview mirror to the center on theview through the rear window.

Day/night rearview mirror

[A] : Day, [B] : Night

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during nightdriving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

OAH2048020

Make sure your line of sight is notobstructed. Do not place objects inthe rear seat, cargo area, or behindthe rear headrests which couldinterfere with your vision through therear window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury duringan accident or deployment of theair bag, do not modify the rearviewmirror and do not install a widemirror.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the mirror whiledriving. This may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in an acci-dent.

WARNING

5-23

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Outside rearview mirror Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors.

• Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (notradiator antifreeze) spray, or asponge or soft cloth with verywarm water, or move the vehicle toa warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

Manual type (if equipped) To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever.

NOTICEOIB034041

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicle ismoving. This could result in loss ofcontrol, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injury orproperty damage.

WARNING

Rearview mirrors

• Both right and left outside rearview mirror are convex. Objectsseen in the mirror are closer thanthey appear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror turn your head and look todetermine the actual distance offollowing vehicles when chang-ing lanes.

WARNING

5-24


Electric type (if equipped)Adjusting the rearview mirrors:Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R(Right) to select the rearview mirroryou would like to adjust.Use the mirror adjustment control toposition the selected mirror up,down, left or right.After adjustment, move the lever (1)to the middle to prevent inadvertentadjustment.

• The mirrors stop moving whenthey reach the maximum adjustingangles, but the motor continues tooperate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand or themotor may be damaged.

Folding the outside rearview mir-ror

To fold the outside rearview mirror,grasp the housing of the mirror andthen fold it toward the rear of thevehicle.

NOTICE

OAH2048022

OAH2048021

5-25

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Fuel gauge

4. Warning and indicator lights

5. Trip mode/reset button

OAH2048100

� The actual cluster in the vehicle maydiffer from the illustration.For more details, refer to the"Gauges" in this chapter.

5-26


Instrument Cluster Control GaugesSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin kilometers per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine within thetachometer's RED ZONE. This maycause severe engine damage.

NOTICE

Never adjust the instrument clusterwhile driving. This could result inloss of control and lead to an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

WARNING

OAH2048101

OAH2048102

5-27

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

Information • The fuel tank capacity is given inchapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by alow fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank isnearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlierthan usual due to the movement offuel in the tank.

Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire damag-ing the catalytic converter.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999 kilo-meters or 999999 miles.

Information It is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to changethe mileage registered on the odome-ter. The alteration may void your war-ranty coverage.

i

NOTICE

i

OAH2048103

Fuel Gauge

Running out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comes on orwhen the gauge indicator comesclose to the “E (Empty)” level.

WARNING

OAH2048104

5-28


Transmission Shift IndicatorAutomated Manual TransmissionShift Indicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays whichAutomated Manual Transmission shiftlever is selected.

• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive Mode : D1, D2, D3, D4, D5• Manual Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Manual Transmission ShiftIndicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel.• Shifting up : �2, �3, �4, �5• Shifting down : �3, �4

For example: Indicates that shifting up to the3rd gear is desired (currentlythe shift lever is in the 2nd or 1stgear).

: Indicates that shifting down tothe 3rd gear is desired (current-ly the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th,or 6th gear).

When the system is not working prop-erly, the indicator is not displayed.

OAH2048105

OAH2048106

5-29

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Tripmeter/Trip computer

The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving, when the ignition switch isin the ON position. All stored drivinginformation (except odometer & TripA & B) resets if the battery is discon-nected.

Press the trip mode/reset button forless than 1 second to select anymode as follows:

Tripmeter (km or mi.)A : Tripmeter AB : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected since thelast tripmeter reset.

The meter's working range is from0.0 to 9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9miles). Pressing the trip mode/resetbutton for more than 1 second, whenthe tripmeter is being displayed,clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

* if equipped

Tripmeter B

Instant fuel consumption*

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty*

Average fuel consumption*

Elapsed time*

Average speed*

OAH2048023

OAH2048107

Distance to empty (if equipped) (km or mi.)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the currentfuel in the fuel tank and the amount offuel delivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 1 km (1mile), “---” will be displayed.The meter’s working range is from 1to 999 km (1 to 615 miles).

Average fuel consumption (if equipped) (km/L or MPG)This mode calculates the averagefuel consumption from the total fuelused and the distance since the lastaverage consumption reset. The totalfuel used is calculated from the fuelconsumption input. For an accuratecalculation, drive more than 300 m(0.18 miles).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average fuelconsumption is being displayed,clears the average fuel consumptionto zero (--.-).

Instant fuel consumption (if equipped) (km/L or MPG)This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption of the last few seconds.

5-30


OAH2048108 OAH2048109 OAH2048110

• If the vehicle is not on level groundor the battery power has beeninterrupted, the “Distance toempty” function may not operatecorrectly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added tothe vehicle.

• The fuel consumption and distanceto empty may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, driv-ing habits, and condition of thevehicle.

• The distance to empty value is anestimate of the available drivingdistance. This may differ from theactual driving distance available.

Average speed (km/h or MPH)This mode calculates the averagespeed of the vehicle since the lastaverage speed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average speed keeps going whilethe engine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the averagespeed is being displayed, clears theaverage speed to zero (---).

Elapsed time (if equipped)This mode indicates the total timetraveled since the last driving timereset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the driving time keeps going whilethe engine is running.The meter’s working range is from00:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving timeis being displayed, clears the drivingtime to zero (00:00).

NOTICE

5-31

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

OAH2048111 OAH2048112

5-32


Warning and indicator lights

Information - Warning lightsMake sure that all warning lights areOFF after starting the engine. If anylight is still ON, this indicates a situa-tion that needs attention.

Air bag Warning Light (ifequipped)

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 6seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction withthe SRS.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver(or front passenger) that the seat beltis not fastened.

For more details, refer to the “SeatBelts” in chapter 2.

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 3seconds- It remains on if the parking brakeis applied.

• When the parking brake is applied.• When the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates withthe parking brake released, it indi-cates the brake fluid level is low.

i

WK-23

5-33

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

If the brake fluid level in the reser-voir is low:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, checkthe brake fluid level immediatelyand add fluid as required (Formore details, refer to “Brake Fluid”in chapter 7). Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks. If anyleak on brake system is still found,the warning light remains on, orthe brakes do not operate proper-ly, do not drive the vehicle. In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle towed to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andinspected.

Dual-diagonal braking systemYour vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light


• When there is a malfunction withthe ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Parking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warninglight ON is dangerous. If theParking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light illuminates with theparking brake released, it indi-cates that the brake fluid level islow.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

5-34


Electric Power Steering(EPS) Warning Light (if equipped)


• When there is a malfunction withthe EPS.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)


• When there is a malfunction withthe emission control system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)

Driving with the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) on may cause damage tothe emission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

- Petrol EngineIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyticconverter damage is possible whichcould result in loss of engine power.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

NOTICE

NOTICE

5-35

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Exhaust System (GPF)Warning Light (Petrol Engine, if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:• When accumulated soot reaches acertain amount.

• When this warning light illumi-nates, it may turn off after drivingthe vehicle under the followingcondition:- at more than 80 km/h (50 mph) forabout 30 minutes (above 3rd gearwith 1500 ~ 4000 engine rpm).

If this warning light blinks in spite ofthe procedure (at this time LCDwarning message will be displayed),we recommend that you have theGPF system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

If you continue to drive with the GPFwarning light blinking for a long time,the GPF system can be damagedand fuel consumption can worsen.

Charging SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It remains on until the engine isstarted.

• When there is a malfunction witheither the alternator or electricalcharging system.

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check thealternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage. If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in theelectrical charging system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

Engine Oil PressureWarning Light

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It remains on until the engine isstarted.

• When the engine oil pressure islow.

If the engine oil pressure is low:1.Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2.Turn the engine off and check theengine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available,we recommend that you have thevehicle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

NOTICE

5-36


- Engine Oil PressureWarning Light

• If the engine does not stop imme-diately after the Engine OilPressure Warning Light is illumi-nated, severe damage couldresult.

• If the warning light stays on whilethe engine is running, it indicatesthat there may be serious enginedamage or malfunction. In thiscase,1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so.

2. Turn off the engine and checkthe oil level. If the oil level is low,fill the engine oil to the properlevel.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on after theengine is started, turn the engineoff immediately. In this case, werecommend that you have thevehicle inspected by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low Fuel Level WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty, addfuel as soon as possible.

- Low Fuel LevelDriving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuel levelbelow “E (Empty)” can cause theengine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

Overspeed WarningThis warning light blinks:This to prevent you from fast driving.• When you drive the vehicle morethan 80 km/h, the overspeed warn-ing chime sounds once per 100seconds.

• When you drive the vehicle morethan 120 km/h, the overspeed warn-ing chime also sounds continuously.

Door Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illumi-nates:When a door is not close securely.

Immobilizer Indicator Light

This indicator light illu-minates:When the vehicle detects the immo-bilizer in your key properly while theignition switch is ON.- At this time, you can start the engine.- The indicator light goes off afterstarting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:When there is a malfunction with theimmobilizer system.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

NOTICE

5-37

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Turn Signal IndicatorLight

This indicator light blinks:When you turn the turn signal light on.

If any of the following occurs, theremay a malfunction with the turn signalsystem. In this case, we recommendthat you have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.- The indicator light blinks morerapidly.- The indicator light does not illumi-nate at all.

High Beam IndicatorLight

This indicator light illuminates:- When the headlights are on and inthe high beam position

- When the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illu-minates:When the parking lights or head-lights are on.

Front Fog Indicator Light(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:When the front fog lights are on.

Press Brake

This indicator light illuminates : - When changing gear position without pressing brake pedal

- When trying to start the enginewithout pressing brake pedal

Parking Brake Engaged

This indicator light illuminates : - When engine is turned off withoutengaging parking brake lever it illu-minates for approx. 5 seconds thengoes off

Clutch Over Heated

This indicator light illuminates : - When clutch estimated tempera-ture rise up to limited value

5-38


LIGHTExterior lightsLighting control

The light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position. To operatethe lights, turn the knob at the end ofthe control lever to one of the follow-ing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlight position, the headlights, licenseplate light and instrument panel lightsare turned ON.

Information The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the park-ing light position, the parking (posi-tion) light, license plate light andinstrument panel lights are turnedON.

i

OAH2048024

OAH2048026OAH2048025

5-39

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,push the lever away from you. Thelever will return to its original position.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlamp high beams areswitched on.To turn off the high beam headlamp,pull the lever towards you. The lowbeams will turn on.

To flash the high beam headlights,pull the lever towards you, thenrelease the lever. The high beamswill remain ON as long as you holdthe lever towards you.

Turn signals and lane change sig-nals

To signal a turn, push down on thelever for a right turn or up for a leftturn in position (A). To signal a lanechange, move the turn signal leverslightly and hold it in position (B). Thelever will return to the OFF positionwhen released or when the turn iscompleted.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

OAH2048027

Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles approaching you.Using high beam could obstruct theother driver's vision.

WARNING

OAH2048028

OAH2048029

5-40


If the turn signal indicator stays onand does not flash, or if it flashesabnormally, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit. The bulb mayrequire replacement.

Front fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. 1. Turn on the park light.2. Move the light switch (1) to thefront fog light position.

3. To turn off the front fog light, turnthe light switch to the front fog lightposition again or turn off the park-ing light.

When in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

NOTICENOTICE

OAH2048030

5-41

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)

To adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the pas-sengers and loading weight in theluggage area, turn the beam levelingswitch.

The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlightbeam level. Always keep the head-light beam at the proper levelingposition, or headlights may dazzleother road users.Listed below are the examples ofproper switch settings. For loadingconditions other than those listedbelow, adjust the switch position sothat the beam level may be the near-est as the condition obtained accord-ing to the list.

Interior lights

Do not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engine isturned off or the battery will dis-charge.

NOTICE

OAH2048031 Loading condition Switch position

Driver only 0

Driver + Front passenger 0

Full passengers (including driver)

1

Full passengers (includingdriver) + Maximum permis-sible loading

2

Driver + Maximum permis-sible loading

3

Do not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. The interiorlights may obscure your view andcause an accident.

WARNING

5-42


Room lamp

• (1) : In the ON position, the lightstays on at all times.

• (2): In the DOOR position, the lightcomes on when any of the door isopened regardless of the ignitionswitch position.

• (3) : In the OFF position, the lightstays off at all times even when adoor is opened.

Do not leave the lamp switches on foran extended period of time when theengine is turned off.

NOTICE

OAH2048032

WIPERS AND WASHERS

5-43

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

OAH2048033/OAH2048034/OAH2048035

� Front

• Type B• Type A

A : Wiper speed control

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· LO – Low wiper speed

· HI – High wiper speed

B : Wash with brief wipes

� Rear

C : Rear wiper/washer control (if equipped)

· – Wash with brief wipes

· ON – Continuous wipe

· OFF – Off

5-44


Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

move the lever up (MIST) andrelease it. The wipers willoperate continuously if thelever is held in this position.

OFF : Wipers are not in operationLO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

Information If there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/orice before using the wiper and washer,it may damage the Wiper and washersystem.

Windshield washers

In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles. Use this functionwhen the windshield is dirty. Thespray and wiper operation will contin-ue until you release the lever.

If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

iOAH2048036

When the outside temperature isbelow freezing, ALWAYS warm thewindshield using the defroster toprevent the washer fluid from freez-ing on the windshield and obscur-ing your vision which could result inan accident and serious injury ordeath.

WARNING

5-45

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

• To prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

• To prevent possible damage to thewipers or windshield, do not oper-ate the wipers when the windshieldis dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

• To prevent possible damage to thewipers and washer system, useanti-freezing washer fluids in thewinter season or cold weather.

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)

The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of thewiper and washer switch lever. Turnthe switch to the desired position tooperate the rear wiper and washer.

: Wash with brief wipesON : Continuous wipeOFF : Off

NOTICE

OAH2048037

5-46


Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System

[A] : Sensor

The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System assists the driverduring reverse movement of the vehi-cle by chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of about 100 cm(39 in.) behind the vehicle. This is a supplemental system thatsenses objects within the range andlocation of the sensors, it cannotdetect objects in other areas wheresensors are not installed.

Operation of the Parking DistanceWarning (Reverse) SystemOperation condition • This system will activate whenbacking up with the power on.

• Sensing distance when backing upis approximately 100 cm (39 in.)when you are driving less than 10km/h (6 mph).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

Types of warning indicator andsound

• If an object is in between sensors

NOTICE

DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM

OAH2048038

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are noobjects or obstacles before mov-ing the vehicle in any direction toprevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention whenthe vehicle is driven close toobjects, particularly pedestrians,and especially children.

• Be aware that some objectsmay not be detected by the sen-sors, due to the objects dis-tance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectivenessof the sensor.

WARNING

Distance fromobject

Warning sound

100 cm ~ 61 cm (39 in. ~ 24 in.)

Buzzer beeps intermittently.

60 cm ~ 31 cm (24 in. ~ 12 in.)

Buzzer beeps more frequently.

Less than 30 cm (12 in.)

Buzzer beeps continuously.

5-47

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

or close to a sensor, the displayedindicator may differ from the aboveillustration.

• Do not wash the vehicle's sensorwith high pressure water.

• When you shift into the R(Reverse) position and one ormore of the below situation occurs,this may indicate a malfunctionwith the parking assist system.

• You don't hear an audible warningsound or the buzzer sounds inter-mittently.If this occurs, we recommend thatthe system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Non-operational conditions ofParking Distance Warning(Reverse) SystemThe Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System may not operatenormally when:• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.• The sensor is covered or stainedwith foreign material, such as snowor water, or the sensor cover isblocked.

There is a possibility of a parkingassist system malfunction when:• Driving on uneven road surfacessuch as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.• Wireless transmitters or mobilephones are present near the sensor.

• The sensor is covered with snow.• Any non-factory equipment oraccessories have been installed, orif the vehicle bumper height or sen-sor installation has been modified.

5-48


Detecting range may decreasewhen:• Outside air temperature is extreme-ly hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller thanabout 1 m (40 in.) and narrowerthan about 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:• Sharp or slim objects such asropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

Information The system may not recognize objectsless than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance.

Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

Rear View Monitor(if equipped)

The Rear View Monitor will activatewhen the engine is running and theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-tion.This is a supplemental system thatshows behind the vehicle throughthe display audio screen while back-ing-up.

NOTICE

i

Your new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries to itsoccupants due to a ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse)System malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

WARNING

OAH2048052

5-49

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

• Do not spray the camera or its sur-rounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Shock appliedfrom high pressure water maycause the device to not operatenormally.

• Do not use any cleanser contain-ing acid or alkaline detergentswhen cleaning the lens. Use only amild soap or neutral detergent, andrinse thoroughly with water.

Information Always keep the camera lens clean. Thecamera may not work normally if thelens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

i

NOTICE

• Never rely solely on the rearcamera display when backing-up.

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are noobjects or obstacles before mov-ing the vehicle in any direction toprevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention whenthe vehicle is driven close toobjects, particularly pedestrians,and especially children.

• During winter the camera imagemay be foggy due to the exhaustgas if the vehicle is stopped for along time or parked in an indoorparking lot and when you park orstop your vehicle on hills.

• Due to the location of the cam-era, the license plate may bepartially shown on the bottom ofthe rear view screen.

WARNING

The Rear View Monitor is not asafety device. It only serves toassist the driver in identifyingobjects directly behind the middleof the vehicle. The camera doesNOT cover the complete areabehind the vehicle.

WARNING

5-50


Defroster

To prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleaners con-taining abrasives to clean the win-dow.If you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

Rear window defroster (if equipped)

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe interior and exterior of the rearwindow, while engine is running.To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the cli-mate control system. The indicatoron the rear window defroster buttonilluminates when the defroster is ON.To turn off the defroster, press therear window defroster button again.

Information • If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush itoff before operating the reardefroster.

• The rear window defroster automat-ically turns off after approximately20 minutes or when the ignitionswitch is turned off.

Outside rearview mirror defroster(if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with out-side rearview mirror defrosters, theywill operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

iNOTICE

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OAH2048301

5-51

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

51. Temperature control knob

2. Fan speed control knob

3. Mode selection knob

4. Air intake control button (recircu-lated air position or outside (fresh)air position)

5. A/C (Air conditioning) button (if equipped)

6. Rear window defroster button (if equipped)

OAH2048300

Manual climate control system

5-52


Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-tion.To improve the effectiveness ofheating and cooling :- Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air or recirculatedair position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

OAH2048302

(if equipped) (if equipped)

5-53

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Mode selection

The mode selection knob controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Fivesymbols are used to represent Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost andDefrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield, sidewindow defrosters and side vents.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters and side vents.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side vents.

5-54


Instrument panel vents The outlet vents located in the rearcan be opened or closed separatelyusing the thumbwheel.

Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivered from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control

The temperature will increase byturning the knob to the right.The temperature will decrease byturning the knob to the left.

OAH2048306

OAH2048304

� Front

OAH2048305

� Rear

5-55

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, move the control lever.

Recirculated air position With the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

InformationProlonged use of the air conditioningwith the recirculated air positionselected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

i

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation in therecirculated air position cancause drowsiness or sleepiness,that may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation in therecirculated air position (withoutthe air conditioning selected)may allow humidity to increaseinside the vehicle which may fogthe glass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harmor death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body tem-perature.

WARNING

OAH2048307

OAH2048309

OAH2048308

5-56


Fan speed control

Turn the knob to the right to increasethe fan speed and airflow. Turn theknob to the left to decrease fanspeed and airflow.

Air conditioning (A/C) (if equipped)

Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Press the buttonagain to turn the air conditioning sys-tem off.

System operationVentilation1. Select the Face Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.



Heating1. Select the Floor Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.



5. If dehumidified heating is desired,turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

If the windshield fogs up, select theFloor & Defrost mode or select

the Front Defroster mode.

OAH2048310

OAH2048311

5-57

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through theventilation system, temporarily setthe air intake control to the recircu-lated air position. Return the con-trol to the fresh air position whenthe irritation has passed. This willhelp keep the driver alert and com-fortable.

• To prevent inside of the windshieldfrom fogging, set the air intake con-trol to the fresh air position and fanspeed to the desired position, turnon the air conditioning system, andadjust the temperature control todesired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with a R-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. 2. Push the air conditioning button.3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.4. Set the air intake control to therecirculated air position. However,prolonged operation of the recircu-lated air position will excessivelydry the air. In this case, change theair position.

5. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to theextreme left position then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

When using the air conditioning sys-tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engineoverheating. Continue to use the blower fan butturn the air conditioning system off ifthe engine temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

NOTICE

5-58


Air conditioning system operationtips • If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• After sufficient cooling has beenachieved, switch back from therecirculated air to the fresh outsideair position.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system with the win-dows closed.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

• If you operate air conditionerexcessively, the difference betweenthe temperature of the outside airand that of the windshield couldcause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or button tothe position and fan speedcontrol to the lower speed.

System maintenance

Climate control air filter This filter is installed behind theglove box. It filters the dust or otherpollutants that enter the vehiclethrough the heating and air condi-tioning system.We recommend the climate controlair filter be cleaned according to themaintenance schedule. If the car isbeing driven in severe conditionssuch as dusty or rough roads, morefrequent air conditioner filter inspec-tions and cleaning are required.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

5-59

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, we recommend the system bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a bad influence on the air condi-tioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

InformationIt is important that the correct typeand amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system opera-tion may occur.

We recommend the air conditioningsystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

Because the refriger-ant is at very high pres-sure, the air condition-ing system should onlybe serviced by trained

and certified technicians. It isimportant that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant isused, otherwise damage to thevehicle and personal injury mayoccur.

WARNING

5-60


Manual climate control system

To defog inside windshield1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. Select the outside (fresh) air posi-tion. Press the air conditioning but-ton. (if equipped)

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest(extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot position.

3. Select the position.4. Select the outside (fresh) air posi-tion.

OAH2048312

OAH2048313

5-61

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

To avoid possible theft, do not leavevaluables in the storage compart-ment.

Center console storage

These compartments can be used tostore small item.

Glove box

To open the glove box, pull the leverand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

NOTICE

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

OAH2048039

Flammable materials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flam-mable/explosive materials in thevehicle. These items may catchfire and/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com-partment covers closed securelywhile driving. Items inside yourvehicle are moving as fast as thevehicle. If you have to stop or turnquickly, or if there is a crash, theitems may fly out of the compart-ment and may cause an injury ifthey strike the driver or a passen-ger.

WARNING OAH2048040

ALWAYS close the glove box doorafter use.An open glove box door can causeserious injury to the passenger inan accident, even if the passengeris wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

5-62


INTERIOR FEATURES Clock (if equipped)

Time display Press the [CLOCK] button for lessthan 1 second. The current time willbe displayed for 5 seconds. After 5seconds it will return to the previousscreen.

Time setting 1. Press the [CLOCK] button forapproximately 1 second. You willenter the clock setup mode.

2. The hour will be blinking. Rotatethe [TUNE] knob to change thehour.

3. Press the [TUNE] knob to changethe minute.

4. The minute will be blinking. Rotatethe [TUNE] knob to change theminute.

5. Press the [TUNE] knob to changethe AM/PM.

6. The AM/PM will be blinking. Rotatethe [TUNE] knob to change it.

7. Press the [TUNE] knob to leavethe setup mode.

Sunvisor

Use the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.A mirror (if equipped) is provided onthe sunvisor.

Do not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

WARNING

OAH2048041

� Driver’s side

OAH2048042

� Passenger’s side

5-63

Convenie

nt fe

atu

res o

f your v

ehic

le

5

Power outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 120W(Watt) with the engine running.

To prevent damage to the Poweroutlet:• Use the power outlet only when theengine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engine offcould cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 120W (Watt) inelectric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater tothe lowest operating level whenusing the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interference whenplugged into a vehicle’s power out-let. These devices may causeexcessive audio static and mal-functions in other electronic sys-tems or devices used in your vehi-cle.

NOTICE

For your safety, do not block yourview when using the sunvisor.

WARNING

OAH2048043

Avoid electrical shocks. Do notplace your fingers or foreignobjects (pin, etc.) into a power out-let or touch the power outlet with awet hand.

WARNING

5-64


• Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, theplug may overheat or the internaltemperature fuse may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electri-cal/electronic devices with reversecurrent protection. The current fromthe battery may flow into the vehi-cle's electrical/electronic systemand cause system malfunction.

Cargo area cover (if equipped)

Use the cargo area cover to hideitems stored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover can be upright-ed or removed.

Do not put luggage on the coversince it may be damaged or mal-formed.

NOTICE

• Do not place objects on thecargo area cover. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an acci-dent or braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

WARNING

OAH2048044

Multimedia System

Multimedia system.................................................6-2USB port ..............................................................................6-2Antenna ...............................................................................4-2Steering wheel audio control .........................................6-3Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free............6-4How vehicle audio works ................................................6-5

Audio (Without Touch Screen) ............................6-8System layout - control panel.......................................6-8System layout - steering wheel remote control.....6-10Turning the system on or off ......................................6-13Turning the display on or off ......................................6-13Getting to know the basic operations .......................6-14

Radio ......................................................................6-15Turning on the radio ......................................................6-15Changing the radio mode..............................................6-16Scanning for available radio stations.........................6-16Searching for radio stations ........................................6-16Saving radio stations......................................................6-16Saving the current radio station .................................6-17Listening to saved radio stations................................6-17

Media player.........................................................6-18Using the media player..................................................6-18Using the USB mode ......................................................6-19

Bluetooth...............................................................6-22Connecting Bluetooth devices .....................................6-22Using a Bluetooth audio device...................................6-25Using a Bluetooth phone ..............................................6-27

System status icons.............................................6-33Audio system specifications...............................6-34

USB .....................................................................................6-34Bluetooth...........................................................................6-35

Trademarks ...........................................................6-36Bluetooth remote control system <hyundai sync application> ................................6-37

6

• If you install an aftermarket HIDhead lamp, your vehicle’s audioand electronic device may mal-function.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,hand cleaner, and air freshenerfrom contacting the interior partsbecause they may cause damage,button struck issues or discol-oration.

USB port

You can use an USB port to plug inUSB to play music.

NOTE : Please go through USBcompatibility list in HYUNDAI Indiawebsite.

Information When using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

Antenna

The roof antenna receives AM andFM broadcast signals. Rotate theroof antenna in a counterclockwisedirection to remove it. Rotate it in aclockwise direction to reinstall it.

NOTICE

i

MultiMedia SySteM

6-2

Multimedia System

OAH2048045 OAH2048046

• Before entering a place with a lowheight clearance, be sure that theantenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the vehicle in anautomatic car wash or it may bedamaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tightenedand adjusted to the upright positionto ensure proper reception. But itcould be removed when parkingthe vehicle.

Installation of aftermarket antennamay result in water leakage, windnoise, rattling & improper radio oper-ation. We recommend to use theantenna available with an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Information Some models do not have audio (plas-tic blanking cover) system, and willnot supply radio main cable. Thus ifyou want to insert Aftermarket audioor OEM audio to listen radio broad-casting service, we recommend to usethe feeder cable available with anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped)

The steering wheel audio control but-ton is installed to promote safe driving.

Do not operate audio remote controlbuttons simultaneously.

NOTICE

i

NOTICENOTICE

6-3

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

OAH2048047

VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)• Press the up button (+) to increasevolume.

• Press the down button (-) todecrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for 0.8 second or more, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button. It will SEEK until nextchannel is reached.

MEDIA modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 second, itwill work as follows in each mode.RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STA-TION select buttons.

MEDIA modeIt will function as the TRACKUP/DOWN button.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to togglebetween available Media sourceslike Radio, USB, iPod, BT Audio.

MUTE (4)• Press the button to mute thesound.

• Press the button again to activatethe sound.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is included in the followingpages in this chapter.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free (if equipped)

Multimedia System

6-4

OAH2048049

� Type A

OAH2048048

� Type B

You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.(1) Call / Answer button : Press the

button shortly. (2) Call end button(3) Microphone

• Audio : For detailed information,refer to “AUDIO” in this chapter.

• AVN : Detailed information for theBluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free is described in the man-ual supplied separately.

How vehicle audio works

AM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are interceptedby the radio antenna on your vehicle.This signal is then processed by theradio and sent to your vehicle speak-ers. When a strong radio signal hasreached your vehicle, the preciseengineering of your audio systemensures the best possible qualityreproduction. However, in some casesthe signal coming to your vehicle maynot be strong and clear.

This can be due to factors, such asthe distance from the radio station,closeness of other strong radio sta-tions or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions inthe area.

6-5

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

JBM001

FM reception

OAH2048050

6-6

Multimedia System

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broad-casts. This is because AM radiowaves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long distance, lowfrequency radio waves can follow thecurvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight. In addition, theycurve around obstructions resultingin better signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted athigh frequencies and do not bend tofollow the earth's surface. Becauseof this, FM broadcasts generallybegin to fade within short distancesfrom the station. Also, FM signals areeasily affected by buildings, moun-tains, and obstructions. This can leadto undesirable or unpleasant listen-ing conditions which might lead youto believe a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions arenormal and do not indicate radiotrouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle movesaway from the radio station, thesignal will weaken and sound willbegin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select anotherstronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen thiseffect until the disturbance clears.

JBM002

AM reception

JBM003

FM radio station

JBM004

6-7

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-nals being received from severaldirections can cause distortion orfluttering. This can be caused by adirect and reflected signal from thesame station, or by signals from twostations with close frequencies. Ifthis occurs, select another stationuntil the condition has passed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used insidethe vehicle, noise may be producedfrom the audio system. This does notmean that something is wrong with theaudio equipment. In such a case, usethe cellular phone at a place as far aspossible from the audio equipment.

When using a communication sys-tem such as a cellular phone or aradio set inside the vehicle, a sepa-rate external antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverselyaffect safe operation of the vehicle.

iPod®

iPod® is a registered trademark ofApple Inc.

Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyThe Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by HYUNDAI is underlicense. Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

A Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyenabled cell phone is required to useBluetooth® Wireless Technology.

NOTICEOJF045311L

Do not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.

WARNING

6-8

Multimedia System

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(1) SEEK/TRACK button• Change the station/track/file.• While listening to the radio, press andhold to search for a station.

• While playing media, press and hold torewind or fast forward (except for theBluetooth audio mode).

(2) MENU button/CLOCK button• Press to access the menu screen forthe current mode.

• Press and hold to access the timesetup screen.

(3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button• While listening to the radio, turn toadjust the frequency.

• While playing media, turn to search fora track/file (except for the Bluetoothaudio mode).

• During a search, press to select thecurrent track/file.

(4) AUDIO button• Press to display the radio/media modeselection window.

• When the mode selection window dis-plays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedesired mode and then press the knob.

• When the Mode popup is not selectedin [MENU/CLOCK] u Mode popup,press the [AUDIO] button on the controlpanel to change the mode. Each timeyou press the [AUDIO] button on thecontrol panel, the mode switches toradio u media in order.

� The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

audiO (Without touch Screen)

System layout – control panel

6-9

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

(5) PHONE button• Press to start connecting a mobilephone via Bluetooth.

• After a Bluetooth phone connection ismade, press to access the Bluetoothphone menu.

(6) FAV button• While listening to the radio, press tomove to next page of the preset list.

(7) POWER button/VOL knob• Press to turn the system on or off.• Turn to the left or right to adjust the sys-tem sound volume.

(8) Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)• While listening to the radio, press to lis-ten to a saved radio station.

• While listening to the radio, press andhold to save the current radio station tothe preset.

• In the USB/Bluetooth audio modes,press the [1 RPT] button to change therepeat play mode. Press the [2 SHFL]button to change the shuffle play mode.

• Press the [4 BACK] button to return tothe previous screen (except for theradio preset list).

� The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

6-10

Multimedia System

System layout – steering wheelremote control

(Bluetooth® equipped model)

� The actual features in the car maydiffer from the illustration.

(1) MODE button• Press to switch between radio andmedia modes.

• If no media is connected, eachtime this is pressed, it togglesbetween the radio modes (FM uAM u FM).

• Press and hold to turn the systemon or off.

(2) Up/Down seesaw button• Change the station/track/file.• While listening to the radio, push tolisten to the previous/next savedradio station.

• While listening to the radio, pushand hold to search for a station.

• While playing media, push andhold to rewind or fast forward(except for the Bluetooth audiomode).

• While playing media push to listento the previous/next song.

(3) Volume button• Push up or down to adjust the volume.

(4) MUTE button• Press to mute or unmute the system.• During a call, press to mute orunmute the microphone.

• While playing media, press topause or resume playback.

(5) Call/Answer button• Press to start connecting a mobilephone via Bluetooth.

• After a Bluetooth phone connec-tion is made, press to access yourcall history. Press and hold to dialthe most recent phone number.When a call comes in, press toanswer the call.

• During a call, press to switchbetween the active call and theheld call. Press and hold to switchthe call between the system andthe mobile phone.

• In 3-way call, swaps between calls.

(6) Call end button

6-11

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

• Do not operate the system whiledriving. Driving while distractedmay result in a loss of vehiclecontrol, potentially leading to anaccident, severe personal injury,or death. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, andany handheld devices, equip-ment, or vehicle systems whichdivert the driver’s attention fromthis responsibility should neverbe used during operation of thevehicle.

WARNING- About driving

• Avoid watching the screen whiledriving. Driving while distractedmay lead to a traffic accident.Stop your vehicle in a safe loca-tion before using functions thatrequire multiple operations.

• Stop your vehicle first beforeusing your mobile phone. Usinga mobile phone while drivingmay lead to a traffic accident. Ifnecessary, use the BluetoothHandsfree feature to make callsand keep the call as short aspossible.

• Keep the volume low enough tohear external sounds. Drivingwithout the ability to hear exter-nal sounds may lead to a trafficaccident. Listening to a loud vol-ume for a long time may causehearing damage.

• Do not disassemble or modifythe system. Doing so may resultin an accident, fire, or electricshock.

• Do not allow liquids or foreignsubstances to enter the system.Liquids or foreign substancesmay cause noxious fumes, afire, or a system malfunction.

• Stop using the system if it mal-functions, such as no audio out-put or display. If you continueusing the system when it is mal-functioning, it may lead to a fire,electric shock, or system failure.

• Do not touch the antenna duringthunder or lightning becausesuch an act may cause electricshock.

WARNING- About handling the system

6-12

Multimedia System

Information- About operating the system

• Use the system with the engine run-ning. Using the system for a longtime when the engine is stopped maydischarge the battery.

• Do not install unapproved products.Using unapproved products maycause an error while using the sys-tem. System errors caused byinstalling unapproved products arenot covered under the warranty.

Information- About handling the system

• Do not apply excessive force to thesystem. Excessive pressure on thescreen may damage the LCD panelor the touch panel.

• When cleaning the screen or buttonpanel, make sure to stop the engineand use a soft, dry cloth. Wiping thescreen or buttons with a rough clothor using solvents (alcohol, benzene,paint thinner, etc.) may scratch orchemically damage the surface.

• If you attach a liquid-type air fresh-ener to the fan louvre, the surface ofthe louvre may become deformeddue to the flowing air.

• If you want to change the position ofthe installed device, please inquirewith your place of purchase or serv-ice maintenance centre. Technicalexpertise is required to install or dis-assemble the device.

• If you experience any problemswith the system, contact your placeof purchase or dealer.

• Placing the audio system within anelectromagnetic environment mayresult in noise interference.

i i NOTICE

6-13

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Turning the system on or offTo turn on the system, start the engine.• If you do not want to use the sys-tem while driving, you can turn offthe system by pressing the[POWER] button on the controlpanel. To use the system again,press the [POWER] button again.

The system turns off when you stopthe engine (ACC Off).• When you turn back on the sys-tem, the previous mode and set-tings will remain intact.

InformationYou can turn on the system when thekey ignition switch is placed in the“ACC” or “ON” position. Using thesystem for an extended period withoutthe engine running drains the battery.If you plan on using the system for along time, start the engine

Turning the display on or offTo prevent glare, you can turn off thescreen. The screen can be turned offonly while the system is on.1. On the control panel, press the[MENU/CLOCK] button.

2. When the option selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect Display off, and then pressthe knob.• To turn the screen back on,press any of the control panelbuttons.

i

• Some functions may be disabledfor safety reasons while thevehicle is moving. They workonly when the vehicle stops.Park your vehicle in a safe loca-tion before using any of them.

• Stop using the system if it mal-functions, such as no audio out-put or display. If you continueusing the system when it is mal-functioning, it may lead to a fire,electric shock, or system failure.

WARNING

6-14

Multimedia System

Getting to know the basic opera-tionsYou can select an item or adjust thesettings by using the number buttonsand the [TUNE] knob on the controlpanel.

Selecting an itemNumbered itemsPress the corresponding numberbutton.

Numberless itemsTurn the [TUNE] knob to select thedesired item, and then press theknob.

Adjusting the settingsTurn the [TUNE] knob to adjust thevalue, and then press the knob tosave changes.Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right toincrease the value and turn the[TUNE] knob to the left to decreasethe value.

6-15

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Turning on the radio1. On the control panel, press the[AUDIO] button.

2. When the mode selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect the desired radio mode andthen press the knob.

FM/AM Mode

(1) Current radio mode(2) Radio station information(3) Preset list

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button onthe control panel to access the fol-lowing menu options:• Autostore: Save radio stations tothe preset list.

• Scan: The system searches forradio stations with strong radio sig-nals and plays each radio stationfor about five seconds.

• Sound settings: You can changethe settings related to sounds,such as location where sound willbe concentrated and the outputlevel for each range.- Position: Select a location wheresound will be concentrated in thevehicle. Select Balance, turn the[TUNE] knob to select thedesired position, and then pressthe knob. To set sound to be cen-tred in the vehicle, select Centre.

- Equaliser: Adjust the output levelfor each sound tone mode.

- Speed dependent vol.: Set thevolume to be adjusted automati-cally according to your drivingspeed.

• Depending on vehicle models orspecifications, available optionsmay vary.

• Depending on the system or amplifi-er specifications applied to yourvehicle, available options may vary.

• Mode popup: Set to display modeselection window when the [AUDIO]button is pressed on the controlpanel.

• Lock remote controls: Even if theBluetooth remote control applica-tion is connected Set the Lockremote controls, system cannot beoperated via smartphone applica-tion.

• Date/Time: You can change thedate and time that are shown onthe system display.- Set date: Set date to display onthe system display.

- Set time: Set time to display onthe system display.

- Time format: Select to displaytime in the 12 hour format or the24 hour format.

- Display (Power Off): Set to dis-play the clock when the systempower is off.

• Language: You can change the dis-play language.

NOTICE

RadiO

6-16

Multimedia System

Changing the radio mode1. On the control panel, press the[AUDIO] button.

2. When the mode selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect the desired radio mode andthen press the knob.• Each time you press the[MODE] button on the steeringwheel, the radio mode switchesto FM u AM in order.

• When the Mode popup is notselected in [MENU/CLOCK] uMode popup, press the [AUDIO]button on the control panel tochange the radio mode.Each time you press the [AUDIO]button on the control panel, theradio mode switches to FM u AMin order.

Scanning for available radio sta-tionsYou can listen to each radio stationfor a few seconds to test the recep-tion and select the one you want.1. From the radio screen, press the[MENU/CLOCK] button on thecontrol panel.

2. When the option selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect Scan, and then press theknob.• The system searches for radiostations with strong radio sig-nals and plays each radio sta-tion for about five seconds.

3. When you find the radio stationyou want to listen to, press the[TUNE] knob.• You can continue listening to theselected station.

Searching for radio stationsTo search for the previous or nextavailable radio station, press the [Ù SEEK] button / [TRACK Ú] buttonon the control panel.• You can also press and hold the [Ù SEEK] button / [TRACK Ú] but-ton to search for frequencies quick-ly. When you release the button, aradio station with a strong signal isselected automatically.

If you know the exact frequency ofthe radio station you want to listen to,turn the [TUNE] knob on the controlpanel to change the frequency.

Saving radio stationsYou can save your favourite radiostations and listen to them by select-ing them from the preset list.

NOTICE

6-17

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Saving the current radio stationWhile listening to the radio, pressand hold the desired number buttonon the control panel.• The radio station you are listeningto will be added to the selectednumber.

• To save the next page of the presetlist, press the [FAV] button.

• You can save up to 12 radio sta-tions in each mode.

• If a station is already saved to theselected preset number, the sta-tion will be replaced by the stationyou are listening to.

Using the auto save functionYou can search for radio stations inyour area where there is a strong sig-nal. The results of your search canbe saved to the preset list automati-cally.1. From the radio screen, press the[MENU/CLOCK] button on thecontrol panel.

2. When the option selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect Autostore, and then pressthe knob.

Listening to saved radio stationsFM/AM Mode1. Confirm the preset number for theradio station you want to listen to.• To view the next page of the pre-set list, press the [FAV] button.

2. On the control panel, press thedesired number button.• Alternatively, push the Up/DownSeesaw Button on the steeringwheel to change the station.NOTICE

6-18

Multimedia System

Using the media playerYou can play music stored in variousmedia storage devices, such as USBstorage devices, smartphones.1. Connect a device to the USB portin your vehicle.• Playback may start immediatelydepending on the device thatyou connect to the system.

2. On the control panel, press the[AUDIO] button.

3. When the mode selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect the desired mode and thenpress the knob.

• To start the media player, pressthe [AUDIO] button on the controlpanel.

• You can also change the mode bypress the [MODE] button repeatedlyon the steering wheel.

• Make sure to connect or discon-nect external USB devices with thesystem power turned off.

• When the Mode popup is not select-ed in [MENU/CLOCK] u Modepopup, press the [AUDIO] button onthe control panel to change themedia player.Each time you press the [AUDIO]button on the control panel, themedia mode switches to USB uBluetooth audio in order.

• Depending on vehicle models andspecifications, available buttons orthe appearance and layout of theUSB port in your vehicle may vary.

• Do not connect a smartphone oran MP3 device to the system viamultiple methods such as USB andBluetooth simultaneously. Doingso may cause a distorted noise ora system malfunction.

• When the equaliser function of theconnected device and Equalisersettings of the system are bothactivated, the effects may interferewith each other and may lead tosound degradation or distortion.Deactivate the device’s equaliserfunction if possible.

NOTICE

Media PlayeR

6-19

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Using the USB modeYou can play media files stored inportable devices, such as USB stor-age devices and MP3 players. Checkcompatible USB storage devices andfile specifications before using theUSB mode.

Connect your USB device to theUSB port in the vehicle.• Playback starts immediately.• Press the [AUDIO] button on thecontrol panel to display the modeselection window, turn the [TUNE]knob to select USB and then pressthe knob.

(1) Current file number and totalnumber of files

(2) Playback time(3) Information about the song cur-

rently playing

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button onthe control panel to access the fol-lowing menu options:• List: Access the file list.• Folder list: Access the folder list.• Information: Display informationabout the song currently playing.

• Sound settings: You can changethe settings related to sounds,such as location where sound willbe concentrated and the outputlevel for each range.- Position: Select a location wheresound will be concentrated in thevehicle. Select Balance, turn the[TUNE] knob to select thedesired position, and then pressthe knob. To set sound to be cen-tred in the vehicle, select Centre.

- Equaliser: Adjust the output levelfor each sound tone mode.

- Speed dependent vol.: Set thevolume to be adjusted automati-cally according to your drivingspeed.



• Song information (Media Display):Select information such asFolder/File or Artist/Title/Album todisplay when playing MP3 files.

• Mode popup: Set to display modeselection window when the[AUDIO] button is pressed on thecontrol panel.

• Lock remote controls: Even if theBluetooth remote control applica-tion is connected Set the Lockremote controls, system cannot beoperated via smartphone applica-tion.

NOTICE

6-20

Multimedia System

• Date/Time: You can change thedate and time that are shown onthe system display.- Set date: Set date to display onthe system display.

- Set time: Set time to display onthe system display.

- Time format: Select to displaytime in the 12 hour format or the24 hour format.

- Display (Power Off): Set to dis-play the clock when the systempower is off.

• Language: You can change the dis-play language.

Rewinding/Fast forwardingOn the control panel, press and holdthe [Ù SEEK] button / [TRACK Ú] but-ton.• You can also push and hold theUp/down Seesaw button on thesteering wheel.

Restarting the current playbackOn the control panel, press the [TRACK Ú] button.• You can also push the Down leveron the steering wheel.

Playing the previous or next songTo play the previous song, press the [TRACK Ú] button twice on the con-trol panel. To play the next song,press the [Ù SEEK] button on thecontrol panel.• You can also use the Up/downSeesaw button on the steeringwheel.

Press the [MENU] button on the con-trol panel to display the mode selec-tion window, turn the [TUNE] knob tofind the desired song and press theknob to play the file.

Playing repeatedlyOn the control panel, press the [1 RPT] button. The repeat playmode changes each time you pressit. The corresponding mode icon willbe displayed on the screen.

Playing in random orderOn the control panel, press the [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle playmode is activated or deactivatedeach time you press it. When youactivate the shuffle mode, the corre-sponding mode icon will be displayedon the screen.

Searching folders1. On the control panel, press the[MENU/CLOCK] button.

2. When the option selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect the Folder List and thenpress the knob.

3. Navigate to the desired folder inthe Folder List and then press the[TUNE] knob.• The first song in the selectedfolder will be played.

NOTICE

6-21

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Information• Start the engine of your vehiclebefore connecting a USB device toyour system. Starting the enginewith a USB device connected to thesystem may damage the USB device.

• Be careful of static electricity whenconnecting or disconnecting a USBdevice. A static discharge may causea system malfunction.

• Be careful not to let your body orexternal objects contact the USBport. Doing so may cause an acci-dent or a system malfunction.

• Do not connect and disconnect aUSB connector repeatedly in a shorttime. Doing so may cause an error inthe device or a system malfunction.

• Do not use a USB device for purpos-es other than playing files. UsingUSB accessories for charging orheating may cause poor perform-ance or a system malfunction.

• When connecting a USB storagedevice, do not use an extensioncable. Connect it directly to theUSB port. If you use a USB hub oran extension cable, the devicemay not be recognized.

• Fully insert a USB connector intothe USB port. Failure to do so maycause a communication error.

• When you disconnect a USB stor-age device, a distorted noise mayoccur.

• The system can play only filesencoded in a standard format.

• The following types of USBdevices may not be recognised orwork correctly:- Encrypted MP3 players- USB devices not recognised asremovable disks

• A USB device may not be recog-nised depending on its condition.

• Some USB devices may be incom-patible with your system.

• Depending on the USB device’stype, capacity, or the format offiles, USB recognition time may belonger.

• Image and video playback are notsupported.

i NOTICE

6-22

Multimedia System

Connecting Bluetooth devicesBluetooth is a short-range wirelessnetworking technology. ViaBluetooth, you can connect nearbymobile devices wirelessly to sendand receive data between connecteddevices. This enables you to useyour devices effectively.To use Bluetooth, you must first con-nect a Bluetooth-enabled device toyour system, such as a mobile phoneor an MP3 player. Ensure that thedevice you want to connect supportsBluetooth.

• On your system, you can use onlyBluetooth Handsfree and Audiofeatures. Connect a mobile devicethat supports both features.

• Some Bluetooth devices maycause malfunctions to the audiosystem or make interference nois-es. In this case, storing the devicein a different location may resolvethe problem.

• Depending on the connectedBluetooth device or mobile phone,some functions may not be sup-ported.

• If the system is not stable due to avehicle-Bluetooth device commu-nication error, delete the paireddevices and connect the Bluetoothdevices again.

• If Bluetooth connection is not sta-ble, follow these steps to try again.1. Deactivate Bluetooth and reacti-vate it on the device. Then,reconnect the device.

2. Turn the device off and on.Then, reconnect it.

3. Remove the battery from thedevice and reinstall it. Then, turnthe device on and reconnect it.

4. Unregister the Bluetooth pairingon both the system and thedevice and then re-register andconnect them.

• The Bluetooth connection isunavailable when the device’sBluetooth function is turned off. Besure to turn on the device’sBluetooth function.

NOTICE

BluetOOtH

Park your vehicle in a safe locationbefore connecting Bluetoothdevices. Distracted driving cancause a traffic accident and lead topersonal injury or death.

WARNING

6-23

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Pairing devices with your systemFor Bluetooth connections, first pairyour device with your system to addit to the system’s list of Bluetoothdevices. You can register up to fivedevices.1. From the control panel, press the[PHONE] button, and then selectPhone settings u Add newdevice.• If you are pairing a device withyour system for the first time orthere is no connected devices,you can also press theCall/Answer button on the steer-ing wheel.

2. On the Bluetooth device you wantto connect, activate Bluetooth,search for your vehicle’s system,and then select it.• Check the system’s Bluetoothname, which is displayed in thenew registration pop-up windowon the system screen.

3. Enter or confirm the passkey toconfirm the connection.• If the passkey input screen isdisplayed on the Bluetoothdevice screen, enter thepasskey ‘0000’ which is dis-played on the system screen.

• If the 6-digit passkey is dis-played on the Bluetooth devicescreen, ensure that theBluetooth passkey displayed onthe Bluetooth device is the sameas the passkey on the systemscreen and confirm the connec-tion from the device.

• The screen image in this manual isan example. Check your systemscreen for the exact vehicle nameand Bluetooth device name.

• The default passkey is ‘0000’.• It may take a while for the systemto connect with the device afteryou permit the system to accessthe device. When a connection ismade, the Bluetooth status iconappears at the top of the screen.

• You can change the permissionsettings via the mobile phone’sBluetooth settings menu. For moreinformation, refer to your mobilephone’s user guide.

• To register a new device, repeatsteps 1 to 3.

• If you use the automatic Bluetoothconnection function, a call may beswitched to the vehicle’sHandsfree when you are taking onthe phone near the vehicle whilethe vehicle’s engine is on. If you donot want the system to connectwith the device automatically,deactivate Bluetooth on yourdevice.

• When a device is connected to thesystem via Bluetooth, the device’sbattery may discharge faster.

NOTICE

6-24

Multimedia System

Connecting a paired deviceTo use a Bluetooth device on yoursystem, connect the paired device tothe system. Your system can connectwith only one device at a time.1. From the control panel, press the[PHONE] button, and then selectPhone settings u Paired devices.• If there is no connected device,press the Call/Answer button onthe steering wheel.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedevice to connect, and then pressthe knob.• If another device is already con-nected to your system, discon-nect it. Select the connecteddevice to disconnect.

• If a connection ends because adevice is out of the connectionrange or a device error occurs, theconnection will be restored auto-matically when the device entersthe connection range or when theerror is cleared.

• Depending on auto connection pri-ority, connection to a device maytake time.

Disconnecting a deviceIf you want to stop using a Bluetoothdevice or connect another device,disconnect your currently connecteddevice.1. From the control panel, press the[PHONE] button, and then selectPhone settings u Paired devices.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to selectyour currently connected deviceand then press the knob.

3. Press the [1 RPT] button to selectYes.

Deleting paired devicesIf you no longer want a Bluetoothdevice paired or if you want to con-nect a new device when theBluetooth device list is full, deletepaired devices.1. From the control panel, press the[PHONE] button, and then selectPhone settings u Delete devices.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedevice to delete, and then pressthe knob.

3. Press the [1 RPT] button to selectYes.

• When you delete a paired device,the Call history and Contacts storedin the system are also deleted.

• To re-use a deleted device, youmust pair the device again.

NOTICE

NOTICE

6-25

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Using a Bluetooth audio deviceYou can listen to music stored in theconnected Bluetooth audio devicevia your vehicle’s speakers.

1. On the control panel, press the[AUDIO] button.

2. When the mode selection windowdisplays, turn the [TUNE] knob toselect Bluetooth audio and thenpress the knob.

(1) Information about the song cur-rently playing

1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] buttonon the control panel to access thefollowing a menu option.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to selectoption and then press the knob.

• Sound settings: You can changethe settings related to sounds,such as location where soundwill be concentrated and the out-put level for each range.- Position: Select a locationwhere sound will be concentrat-ed in the vehicle. SelectBalance, turn the [TUNE] knobto select the desired position,and then press the knob. To setsound to be centred in the vehi-cle, select Centre.

- Equaliser: Adjust the outputlevel for each sound tonemode.

- Speed dependent vol.: Set thevolume to be adjusted auto-matically according to yourdriving speed.



• Mode popup: Set to displaymode selection window whenthe [AUDIO] button is pressedon the control panel.

• Lock remote controls: Even ifthe Bluetooth remote controlapplication is connected Set theLock remote controls, systemcannot be operated via smart-phone application.

• Date/Time: You can change thedate and time that are shown onthe system display.- Set date: Set date to displayon the system display.

- Set time: Set time to displayon the system display.

- Time format: Select to displaytime in the 12 hour format orthe 24 hour format.

- Display (Power Off): Set todisplay the clock when thesystem power is off.

• Language: You can change thedisplay language.

NOTICE

6-26

Multimedia System

Pausing/Resuming playbackTo pause playback, press the [TUNE]knob on the control panel. To resumeplayback, press the [TUNE] knobagain.• You can also press the Mute buttonon the steering wheel remote con-trol.

Restarting the current playbackOn the control panel, press the[TRACK Ú] button.• You can also push the down buttonon the steering wheel.

Playing the previous or next songTo play the previous song, press the[TRACK Ú] button twice on the con-trol panel. To play the next song,press the [Ù SEEK] button on thecontrol panel.• You can also use the Up/DownSeesaw button on the steeringwheel.

Depending on the connectedBluetooth device or mobile phone,playing the previous/next song maynot be supported.

Playing repeatedlyOn the control panel, press the [1 RPT] button. The repeat playmode changes each time you pressit. The corresponding mode icon willbe displayed on the screen.

Playing in random orderOn the control panel, press the [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle playmode is activated or deactivatedeach time you press it. When youactivate the shuffle mode, the corre-sponding mode icon will be displayedon the screen.

Depending on the connectedBluetooth device or mobile phone,RPT & SHFL features may not besupported.

NOTICE

NOTICE

6-27

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

• Depending on the connectedBluetooth device, mobile phone, orthe music player you are using,playback controls may differ.

• Depending on the music playeryou are using, streaming may notbe supported.

• Depending on the connectedBluetooth device or mobile phone,some functions may not be sup-ported.

• If a Bluetooth enabled phone isbeing used to play music and itreceives or makes a phone call,the music will stop.

• Receiving an incoming call or mak-ing an outgoing call while playingBluetooth audio may result inaudio interference.

• If you use the Bluetooth phonemode while using Bluetooth audio,playback may not automaticallyresume after you end the calldepending on the connectedmobile phone.

• Moving the track up/down whileplaying Bluetooth audio mode mayresult in pop noises with somemobile phones.

• The Rewinding/Fast forwardingfunction is not supported in theBluetooth audio mode.

• The playlist feature is not support-ed in the Bluetooth audio mode.

• If the Bluetooth device is discon-nected, Bluetooth audio mode willend.

Using a Bluetooth phoneYou can use Bluetooth to talk on thephone hands free. View call informa-tion on the system screen, and makeor receive calls safely and conve-niently via the vehicle’s built-in micro-phone and speakers.

NOTICE

• Park your vehicle in a safe loca-tion before connecting Bluetoothdevices. Distracted driving cancause a traffic accident and leadto personal injury or death.

• Never dial a phone number orpick up your mobile phone whiledriving. Use of a mobile phonemay distract your attention,making it difficult to recognizeexternal conditions and reducingthe ability to cope with unex-pected situations, which maylead to an accident. If neces-sary, use the BluetoothHandsfree feature to make callsand keep the call as short aspossible

WARNING

6-28

Multimedia System

• You cannot access the Phonescreen if there is no connectedmobile phone. To use theBluetooth phone function, connecta mobile phone to the system.

• The Bluetooth Handsfree functionmay not work when you are passingout of the cellular service coveragearea, such as when you are in a tun-nel, underground, or in a mountain-ous area.

• Call quality may be degraded inthe following environments:- The reception of the mobilephone is poor

- The inside of the vehicle is noisy- The mobile phone is placed nearmetallic objects, such as a bev-erage can.

• Depending on the connectedmobile phone, the volume andsound quality of the BluetoothHandsfree may vary.

Making a callIf your mobile phone is connected tothe system, you can make a call byselecting a name from your call his-tory or contacts list.1. On the control panel, press the[PHONE] button.• Alternatively, press the Call/Answer button on the steeringwheel.

2. Select a phone number.• To select a phone number fromyour favourites list, selectFavourites.

• To select a phone number fromyour call history, select Call his-tory.

• To select a phone number fromyour contacts list that down-loaded from the connectedmobile phone, select Contacts.

3. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]button on the control panel.• Alternatively, press the Call endbutton on the steering wheel.

NOTICE

6-29

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Using the favourites list1. From the Phone screen, turn the[TUNE] knob on the control panelto select Favourites, and thenpress the knob.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedesired contact, and then pressthe knob to make a phone call.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button onthe control panel to access the fol-lowing menu options:• Add new favourites: Add a fre-quently used phone number tofavourites.

• Delete items: Delete a selectedfavourites item.

• Delete all: Delete all favouritesitems.

• You can register up to 20favourites for each device.

• You must first download the con-tacts to the system to registerfavourites.

• The favourites list saved on themobile phone is not downloaded tothe system.

• Even if the contact information onthe mobile phone is edited, thefavourites on the system are notautomatically edited. Delete andadd the item to favourites again.

• When you connect a new mobilephone, your favourites set for theprevious mobile phone will not bedisplayed, but they will remain inyour system until you delete theprevious phone from the devicelist.

Using your call history1. From the Phone screen, turn the[TUNE] knob on the control panelto select Call history, and thenpress the knob.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedesired entry, and then press theknob to make a phone call.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button onthe control panel to access the fol-lowing menu options:• Download: Download your call his-tory.

• All calls: View all call records.• Dialled calls: View only dialledcalls.

• Received calls: View only receivedcalls.

• Missed calls: View only missedcalls.

NOTICE

6-30

Multimedia System

• Some mobile phones may not sup-port the download function.

• The call history is accessed onlyafter downloading the call historywhen the mobile phone is connect-ed to the system.

• Calls from restricted IDs are notsaved on the call history list.

• Up to 50 call records will be down-loaded per individual list.

• Call duration and time informationwill not be displayed on the systemscreen.

• Permission is required to downloadyour call history from the mobilephone. When you attempt to down-load data, you may need to permitthe download on the mobile phone.If the download fails, check themobile phone screen for any notifi-cation or the mobile phone’s per-mission setting.

• When you download your call his-tory, any old data will be deleted.

Using the contacts list1. From the Phone screen, turn the[TUNE] knob on the control panelto select Contacts, and then pressthe knob.

2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedesired group of alphanumericcharacters, and then press theknob.

3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select thedesired contact, and then pressthe knob to make a phone call.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button onthe control panel to access the fol-lowing a menu option:• Download: Download your mobilephone contacts.

• Contacts can be viewed only whenthe Bluetooth device is connected.

• Only contacts in the supported for-mat can be downloaded and dis-played from the Bluetooth device.Contacts from some applicationswill not be included.

• Up to 2,000 contacts can be down-loaded from your device.

• Some mobile phones may not sup-port the download function.

• Depending on the system’s specifi-cations, some of the downloadedcontacts may be lost.

• Contacts stored both in the phoneand in the SIM card are down-loaded. With some mobile phones,contacts in the SIM card may notbe downloaded.

• Special characters and figuresused in the contact name may notbe displayed properly.

NOTICENOTICE

6-31

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

• Permission is required to downloadcontacts from the mobile phone.When you attempt to downloaddata, you may need to permit thedownload on the mobile phone. Ifthe download fails, check themobile phone screen for any notifi-cation or the mobile phone’s per-mission setting.

• Depending on the mobile phonetype or status, downloading maytake longer.

• When you download your contacts,any old data will be deleted.

• You cannot edit or delete your con-tacts on the system.

• When you connect a new mobilephone, your contacts downloadedfrom the previous mobile phonewill not be displayed, but they willremain in your system until youdelete the previous phone from thedevice list.

Answering callsWhen a call comes in, a notificationpop-up window of the incoming callappears on the system screen.

To answer the call, press the [1 RPT]button on the control panel.• Alternatively, press the Call/Answer button on the steeringwheel.

To reject the call, press the [2 SHFL]button on the control panel.• Alternatively, press the Call endbutton on the steering wheel.

• Depending on the mobile phonetype, call rejection may not be sup-ported.

• Once your mobile phone is con-nected to the system, the callsound may be output through thevehicle’s speakers even after youexit the vehicle if the phone is with-in the connection range. To endthe connection, disconnect thedevice from the system or deacti-vate Bluetooth on the device.

NOTICE

6-32

Multimedia System

Using options during a callDuring a call, you will see the callscreen shown below. Press a buttonto perform the function you want.

To switch the call to your mobilephone, press the [1 RPT] button onthe control panel.• Alternatively, press and hold theCall/Answer button on the steeringwheel.

To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]button on the control panel.• Alternatively, press the Call endbutton on the steering wheel.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button onthe control panel to access the fol-lowing a menu option:• Microphone Volume: Adjust themicrophone volume or turn off themicrophone so the other party can-not hear you.

• If the caller information is saved inyour contacts list, the caller’s nameand phone number will be dis-played. If the caller information isnot saved in your contacts list, onlythe caller’s phone number will bedisplayed.

• You cannot switch to any otherscreen, such as the audio screenor the settings screen, during aBluetooth call.

• Depending on the mobile phonetype, call quality may vary. Onsome phones, your voice may beless audible to the other party.

• Depending on the mobile phonetype, the phone number may notbe displayed.

• Depending on the mobile phonetype, the call switching functionmay not be supported.

NOTICE

6-33

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

SySteM StatuS icOnSStatus icons appear at the top of thescreen to display the current systemstatus.Familiarise yourself with the statusicons that appear when you performcertain actions or functions and theirmeanings.

Bluetooth

Signal strength

• The battery level displayed on thescreen may differ from the batterylevel displayed on the connecteddevice.

• The signal strength displayed onthe screen may differ from the sig-nal strength displayed on the con-nected mobile phone.

• Depending on vehicle models andspecifications, some status iconsmay not be displayed.

NOTICE

Signal strength of the mobile phoneconnected via Bluetooth

DescriptionIcon

Battery level of connected Bluetooth device

DescriptionIcon

Mobile phone or audio device con-nected via Bluetooth

Bluetooth call in progress

Microphone turned off duringBluetooth call

Downloading call history from amobile phone connected viaBluetooth to the system

Downloading contacts from amobile phone connected viaBluetooth to the system

Displayed when Bluetooth remotecontrol is connected via smart-phone applications

6-34

Multimedia System

audiO SySteM SPecificatiOnS

USBSupported audio formats• Audio file specification- WAVeform audio format- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3- Windows Media Audio Ver7.X/8.X

• Bit rates- MPEG1 (Layer3): 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160/192/224/256/320 kbps

- MPEG2 (Layer3): 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/144/160 kbps

- MPEG2.5 (Layer3):8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/144/160 kbps

- WMA (High Range):48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps

• Bits Per Sample- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit

• Sampling frequency- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz

• Maximum length of folder/filenames (Based on Unicode): 40English or Korean characters

• Supported characters for folder/filenames (Unicode support): 2,604Korean characters, 94 alphanu-meric characters, 4,888 Chinesecharacters in common use, 986special characters

• Maximum number of folders: 1,000• Maximum number of files: 5,000

• Files that are not in a supportedformat may not be recognised orplayed, or information about them,such as the file name, may not bedisplayed properly.

• Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wavextensions can be recognised bythe system. If the file is not in sup-ported format, change the file for-mat by using the latest encodingsoftware.

• The device will not support fileslocked by DRM (Digital RightsManagement).

• For MP3/WMA compression filesand WAV file, differences in soundquality will occur depending on thebitrate. (Music files with a higherbitrate have a better sound quali-ty.)

• Japanese or Simplified Chinesecharacters in folder or file namesmay not be displayed properly.

NOTICE

6-35

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Supported USB storage devices• Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less• Format system: FAT12/16/32 (rec-ommended), exFAT/NTFS

• Operation is guaranteed only for ametal cover type USB storagedevice with a plug type connector.- USB storage devices with a plas-tic plug may not be recognised.

- USB storage devices in memorycard types, such as CF card orSD cards, may not be recog-nised.

• USB hard disk drives may not berecognised.

• When you use a large capacityUSB storage device with multiplelogical drives, only files stored onthe first drive will be recognised.

• If an application program is loadedon a USB storage device, the cor-responding media files may notplay.

• Use USB 2.0 devices for bettercompatibility.

Bluetooth• Aerial power: Max 3 mW

NOTICE

6-36

Multimedia System

tRadeMaRkSOther trademarks and trade names are those of theirrespective owners.

• The Bluetooth® word mark andlogos are registered trademarksowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. andany use of such marks by HYUNDAIis under licence.

6-37

Multim

edia

Syste

m

6

Hyundai iblue is a smart phoneremote control Application whichallows passengers to control car info-tainment system functions such asRadio, Media, Sound via Bluetooth

System requirements:Application name : Hyundai iblueAvailable OS : AndroidApp Availability : Play storeSupported Mobiles : Androidmobiles with Version 4.4(Kitkat) &above.

Main Features:Selection & Control of Media Change of Radio stations withSeek/Track buttons Switch between different Mediasources: USB, iPod, Aux andBluetooth Audio etcStandard media player functions:Play/Pause track, Next/PrevioustrackControl the volume: Increase,decrease & muteChange Sound SettingsControl of USB Video (if Infotainmentsupports video feature)

Ensure that Bluetooth of mobiledevice is ON before using applicationFor Remote Application working,Infotainment System should bepaired with smart phone & connect-ed to Hyundai iblue application.(please note that remote control con-nection establishment is differentfrom pairing the device)The compatibility and features of this

app may vary with vehicle variants.Infotainment system can be con-trolled by one mobile (via Hyundaiiblue application) at a timeNote that application doesn’t workduring Connectivity mode.If connection is lost due to abnormalconditions while a Remote control isconnected (communication rangeexceeded, device power OFF, com-munication errors, etc.), we need toEstablish the Connection again.For Better experience, pair theMobile device with the Infotainmentsystem before using the application.

Don'ts :Please Don’t turn off mobileBluetooth while using Application

NOTICE

BluetOOtH ReMOte cOntROl SySteM <Hyundai iBlue aPPlicatiOn> (if equiPPed)

6-38

Multimedia System

Troubleshooting:Remote connection cannot beestablished in the below cases• Improper selection of Infotainmentin pairing screen of App

• Infotainment is already connectedto Remote Application in onemobile

• Connectivity mode (Androidauto/Carplay/Mirrorlink) isengaged in Infotainment

• For more information, VisitHyundai Website

https://sync.hyundai.co.in/

Driving your vehicle

7

Before driving .......................................................7-3Before entering the vehicle ..........................................7-3Before starting .................................................................7-3

Ignition switch .......................................................7-5Key ignition switch ..........................................................7-5

Manual transmission..............................................7-9Manual transmission operation ....................................7-9Good driving practices ..................................................7-11

Automated manual transmission (AMT) ...............7-13Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) ...................7-13Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) operation...7-13Features of the Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) ................................................................................7-14Parking...............................................................................7-22Good driving practices ..................................................7-22

Braking system ...................................................7-24Power brakes ..................................................................7-24Disc brakes wear indicator ..........................................7-25Rear drum brakes ...........................................................7-25Parking brake ..................................................................7-25Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................7-27Good braking practices ................................................7-29

Special driving conditions...................................7-31Hazardous driving conditions.......................................7-31Rocking the vehicle ........................................................7-31Smooth cornering ...........................................................7-32Driving at night ................................................................7-32Driving in the rain ...........................................................7-32Driving in flooded areas................................................7-33

Winter driving.......................................................7-34Snow or icy conditions ..................................................7-34Winter precautions .........................................................7-36

Vehicle weight ......................................................7-38Overloading.......................................................................7-38

7-2


Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can causeunconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. Ifyou hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of thevehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine onlylong enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in anopen area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshieldclear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate open:Close all windows.Open instrument panel air vents.Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

Before entering the vehicle • Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are cleanand unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before starting • Make sure the hood, the tailgate,

and the doors are securely closedand locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat andsteering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outsiderearview mirrors.

• Verify all the lights work.• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened theirseatbelts.

• Check the gauges and indicators inthe instrument panel and the mes-sages on the instrument displaywhen the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Check that any items you are car-rying are stored properly or fas-tened down securely.

BEFORE DRIVING

7-3

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

7-4


To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle ismoving. For more information,refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

• Always drive defensively.Assume other drivers or pedes-trians may be careless andmake mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task of driv-ing. Driver distraction can causeaccidents.

• Leave plenty of space betweenyou and the vehicle in front ofyou.

WARNING

NEVER drink or take drugs anddrive.Drinking or taking drugs and driv-ing is dangerous and may result inan accident and SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a smallamount of alcohol will affect yourreflexes, perceptions and judg-ment. Just one drink can reduceyour ability to respond to changingconditions and emergencies andyour reaction time gets worse witheach additional drink.Driving while under the influenceof drugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving under theinfluence of alcohol.

You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink or takedrugs and drive. If you are drinkingor taking drugs, don't drive. Do notride with a driver who has beendrinking or taking drugs. Choose adesignated driver or call a taxi.

WARNING

Key ignition switch IGNITION SWITCH

7-5

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7OIB054010

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar withthe vehicle to touch the ignitionswitch or related parts.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur.

• NEVER reach through the steer-ing wheel for the ignition switch,or any other control, while thevehicle is in motion. The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea may cause a loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

• NEVER turn the ignition switchto the LOCK or ACC positionwhile the vehicle is in motionexcept in an emergency. Thiswill result in the engine turningoff and loss of power assist forthe steering and brake systems.

This may lead to loss of direc-tional control and braking func-tion, which could cause an acci-dent.

• Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris in 1st gear (for ManualTransmission vehicle) or N(Neutral) position (forAutomated ManualTransmission vehicle), apply theparking brake, and turn ignitionswitch to the LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movementmay occur if these precautionsare not followed.

WARNING

7-6


Key ignition switch positions

SwitchPosition

Action Notice

LOCK The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehi-cle from theft. (if equipped)

ACC

Electrical accessories are usable. The steering wheel unlocks.

If difficulty is experienced turning the ignitionswitch to the ACC position, turn the keywhile turning the steering wheel right andleft to release tension.

ON

This is the normal key position when the engine has started.

All features and accessories are usable.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignitionswitch from ACC to ON.

Do not leave the ignition switch in the ONposition when the engine is not running toprevent the battery from discharging.

STARTTo start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START position.The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.

The engine will crank until you release thekey.

7-7

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Starting the engine Vehicle with Manual Transmission :1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 3. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it.

5. When starting the vehicle, checkwhether the engine rpm is withinthe appropriate range (below1000 rpm) while keep depressingthe clutch pedal and brake pedaland. Then, move the shift lever tothe desired position.

6. Release the parking brake. Then,depress the accelerator pedalslowly while taking your foot offthe clutch pedal and start the vehi-cle slowly.

Vehicle with Automated ManualTransmission :1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral). 3. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it. The engine can not be startedunless the shift lever is ‘N’ positionand brake pedal is depressed.

Information • Do not wait for the engine to warmup while the vehicle remains station-ary. Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not race theengine while warming it up.

i

• Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes, such as highheels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere withyour ability to use the brake,accelerator and clutch pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with theaccelerator pedal depressed. Thevehicle can move and lead to anaccident.

• Wait until the engine rpm is nor-mal. The vehicle may suddenlymove if the brake padel isreleased when the rpm is high.

WARNING

7-8


Information If the engine does not start within 10seconds after preheating is completed,turn the ignition switch once more tothe LOCK position and wait for 10seconds. Then turn the ignition switchto the ON position in order to preheatthe engine again.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: • Do not hold the ignition key in the

START position for more than 10seconds. Wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore trying again.

• Do not turn the ignition switch tothe START position with theengine running. It may damage thestarter.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

Turning off the engineVehicle with Manual Transmission : 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the

clutch and brake pedals at thesame time.

2. With the clutch and brake pedalsdepressed, put the shift lever inneutral.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the Lockposition.

Vehicle with Automated ManualTransmission : 1. Stop the vehicle and depress the

brake pedal.2. With the brake pedal depressed,

put the shift lever in neutral.3. Turn the ignition switch to the Lock

position.

i NOTICE

7-9

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Manual transmission operation The manual transmission has 5 for-ward gears. The transmission is fullysynchronized in all forward gears soshifting to either a higher or a lowergear is easily accomplished.

To shift to R (Reverse), make surethe vehicle has completely stopped,and then move the shift lever to neu-tral before moving into R (Reverse).

When you've come to a completestop and it's hard to shift into 1st gearor R (Reverse): 1. Put the shift lever in neutral and

release the clutch pedal. 2. Depress the clutch pedal, and

then shift into first or R (Reverse)gear.

InformationDuring cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transmission lubri-cant has warmed up.

i

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EqUIppED)

Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift lever isin 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a uphill and in R(Reverse) on a downhill, set theparking brake, and place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Unexpected vehicle move-ment may occur if these precau-tions are not followed.

WARNING

OAH2058001

7-10


Using the clutchThe clutch pedal should bedepressed all the way to the floorbefore:- Starting the engine

The engine will not start withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

- Shifting

When releasing the clutch pedal,release it slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be released whiledriving. To start the vehicle, slowly releasethe fully-depressed clutch pedalwhile applying the accelerator pedalgradually.

To prevent unnecessary wear ordamage to the clutch: • Do not rest your foot on the clutch

pedal while driving.• Do not hold the vehicle with the

clutch on an incline, while waitingfor the traffic light, etc.

• Always depress the clutch pedaldown fully to prevent noise or dam-age.

• Do not start with the 2nd (second)gear engaged except when youstart on a slippery road.

• Depress the clutch pedal fully foroperation. When the pedal isreleased, do not depress the pedalagain before it returns to its originalposition. If the process of depress-ing the pedal before it is restored isrepeated, it may result in failure ofthe clutch system.

DownshiftingDownshift when you must slow downin heavy traffic or drive up a steep hillto prevent engine load. Also, downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and can acceleratewhen you need to increase yourspeed again. When the vehicle is going downhill,downshifting helps maintain safespeed by providing brake power fromthe engine and enables less wear onthe brakes.

NOTICE

7-11

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

To prevent damage to the engine,clutch and transmission :• When downshifting from 5th gear

to 4th gear, be careful not to inad-vertently push the shift lever side-ways engaging the 2nd gear. Adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint the tachometer will enter thered-zone.

• Do not downshift more than twogear at a time or downshift thegear when the engine is running athigh speed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine, clutch and the trans-mission.

Good driving practices • Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This isextremely dangerous.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause the brakes and related partsto overheat and malfunction.When you are driving down a longhill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. Engine braking will help slowdown the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. This will help avoidover-revving the engine, which cancause damage.

• Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you shift into R(Reverse) to prevent damage tothe transmission.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident

NOTICE

Do not use the engine brake (shift-ing from a higher gear to lowergear) rapidly on slippery roads.The vehicle may slip causing anaccident.

WARNING

7-12


To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In

a collision, an unbelted occu-pant is significantly more likelyto be seriously injured or killedthan a properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer

sharply. Instead, slow downbefore pulling back into the trav-el lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you fol-low all posted speed limits.

WARNING

Automated Manual Transmission(AMT)The Automated Manual Transmission(AMT) is a transmission equippedwith a gear actuator and a clutchactuator in addition to the convention-al manual transmission. To improvethe driving convenience, gear shift isautomatically performed by the trans-mission control unit and clutch/gearactuator.

Automated Manual Transmission(AMT) operationThe Automated Manual Transmission(AMT) has five forward speeds andone reverse speed. The individual speeds are selectedautomatically in the D (Drive) position.

AUTOMATED MANUAL TRANSMISSION (AMT) (IF EqUIppED)

7-13

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

OAH2058002

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.

Features of the AutomatedManual Transmission (AMT) • The Automated Manual

Transmission (AMT) can bethought of as an automaticallyshifting manual transmission. Itgives the driving feel of a manualtransmission.

• When D (Drive) is selected, thetransmission will automatically shiftthrough the gears similar to a con-ventional automatic transmission.Unlike a traditional automatictransmission, the gear shifting cansometimes be felt and heard as theactuators engage the clutches andthe gears are selected. When thegear is shifting, you may some-times hear operating noise. This isnormal and does not indicate aproblem with your transmission.

• The Automated ManualTransmission (AMT) adopts a dry-type single clutch, which is differ-ent from the torque converter ofthe automatic transmission. Itshows better acceleration per-formance and increased fuel effi-ciency while driving but initiallaunch might be little bit slowerthan the automatic transmission.

• As a result, gear shifts are some-times more noticeable than aconventional automatic transmis-sion and a light vibration duringlaunching can be felt as the trans-mission speed is matched with theengine speed. This is a normalcondition of the Automated ManualTransmission (AMT).

• The dry-type clutch transferstorque more directly and providesa direct drive feeling which mayfeel different from a conventionalautomatic transmission with atorque converter. This may bemore noticeable when launchingthe vehicle from a stop or whentraveling at low, stop-and-go vehi-cle speeds.

• When rapidly accelerating at a lowvehicle speed, the engine rpm mayincrease highly depending on thevehicle’s driving condition.

• For a smooth launch uphill,depress the accelerator pedalsmoothly depending on the currentconditions.

• If you release your foot from theaccelerator pedal at low vehiclespeed, you may feel engine brak-ing, which is similar to manualtransmission.

7-14


• When you turn the engine on andoff, you may hear clicking soundsas the system goes through a self-test. This is a normal sound for theAutomated Manual Transmission(AMT).

• During the first 1,500 km (1,000miles), you may feel that the vehi-cle may not be smooth when accel-erating at low speed. During thisbreak-in period, the shift qualityand performance of your new vehi-cle is continuously optimized.

Information - Creeping function

The Creeping function helps the vehi-cle to start smoothly. If you take yourfoot off the brake pedal when the shiftlever is either in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or M (Manual) position, thevehicle will start slowly withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal. Todisable the function, depress the brakepedal or pull up the parking brakelever. The creeping function will not operatewhen:• The parking brake lever is engagedwith the shift lever in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or M (Manual) position

Automated Manual Transmission(AMT) instruction label

Read and follow the instruction labelattached on the driver side’s sunvisorbefore driving the vehicle.

i

7-15

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7OAH2038024

7-16


Lever shifting condition

Lever shifting Shifting condition When shifting condition is dissatisfied

From(Currentposition)

To(Desiredposition)

Vehicle speed Brake

Cluster

TransmissionpositionShift

indicatorSound

Brake pressindicator

R

N N/A - - - -

DReversing below 2 km/h (1 mile/h)

Applied R or N blinking On On N

N

RMoving forward

7 km/h (1 mile/h)Applied N blinking On On N

DReversing below 2 km/h (4 mile/h)

Applied N blinking On On N

DR

Moving forward 7 km/h (4 mile/h)

Applied D or N blinking On On N

N N/A - - - -

The indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Automated ManualTransmission (AMT)warning indicator

Press Brake The engine can not be started unlessthe shift lever is ‘N’ position andbrake pedal is depressed.

7-17

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

To reduce the risk of serious injuryor death:• ALWAYS check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the N (Neutral) position,then set the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if theseprecautions are not followed.

• Do not use engine braking (shift-ing from a high gear to lowergear) rapidly on slippery roads.The vehicle may slip causing anaccident.

WARNING

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shift leveris in N (Neutral), apply the park-ing brake, and turn the engineoff.

• Do not use the N (Neutral) posi-tion in place of the parkingbrake.

WARNING

Automated ManualTransmission (AMT)warning lamp

Clutch Over HeatedThis warning light indicates that theclutch is overheat. It appears for awhile when the ignition switch isturned ON. The indicator light illumi-nates when the Clutch’s estimatedtemperature rises up to limited value.

Information The AMT waring lamp may come onwhen clutch slip occurs excessivelydue to repeated stop-and-go drivingon steep grades and when Hill Hold ismaintained for a long time. In order toprevent waring lamp ON, use thebrake during low speed driving onhill or when stopping the vehicle onan Uphill slope.

• If the vehicle is held on a hill byusing only the accelerator pedal orby creeping with brake pedal dis-engaged, the clutch may overheatwhich can result in damage. At thistime, a warning lamp will appearon the cluster.

• If the warning lamp is active, thefoot brake must be applied.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead todamage to the clutch and trans-mission.

Clutch High temperatureFirst warning• Under certain conditions, such as

repeated stop-and-go launches onsteep grades, sudden take off oracceleration, or other harsh drivingconditions, the clutch temperaturewill increase excessively.

• When the clutch temperature ishigh, the safe protection mode andwarning lamp engages and thegear position indicator on the clus-ter blinks three times with a chime.

Second warning• After first warning, clutch tempera-

ture is increased continuously, thenwarning sound and shift indicatorblinks continuously.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safelocation, stop the vehicle with theengine running, apply the brakesand allow the clutch to cool for afew minutes with engine on.

i

7-18


• If you ignore this warning, the driv-ing condition may become worse.You may experience abrupt shifts,jerkiness.To return to the normal driving con-dition, stop the vehicle and applythe foot brake. Then allow thetransmission to cool for a few min-utes with engine on.

Clutch overheatedFinal warning• If the vehicle continues to be driv-

en and the clutch temperaturesreach the maximum temperaturelimit, the warning lamp will beblinked continuously.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safelocation, stop the vehicle with theengine running, apply the brakesand allow the clutch to cool for afew minutes with engine on untilthe warning lamp disappear on thecluster.

• When possible, drive the vehiclesmoothly.

• If any of the warnings continue toblink, for your safety, we recom-mend you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked.

R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

• Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into R (Reverse)position.

• When moving to R (Reverse) posi-tion the gear is not shifted if thevehicle speed is over 3 km/h.

• Depress the brake pedal fully. Ifnot, the brake press indicator willilluminate and the gear is not shift-ed.

NOTICE

7-19

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7On an uphill road, never hold thevehicle at a stop using only theaccelerator pedal or the creepingmode.This may cause clutch overheating and excessive damage, finally resulting in the reduction of the clutch’s life cycle.

WARNING

N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are notengaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine, or if it is necessaryto stop with the engine ON.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

D (Drive) This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transmission will auto-matically shift to the appropriate gearposition upon operation of the accel-erator pedal and variation of vehiclespeed.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill, depressthe accelerator further until you feelthe transmission downshift to a lowergear.

When starting off on an uphill• Engage the parking brake firmly to

prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

• Move the shift lever to D (Drive)position while depressing thebrake pedal. Make sure that theshift indicator in the cluster dis-plays 1st gear.

• Take your foot of the brake pedaland depress the accelerator pedalgradually. Then, when the vehiclestarts moving, release the parkingbrake and depress the acceleratorpedal.

When starting off on a downhill• Depress the brake pedal and move

the shift lever to D (Drive) position.Make sure that the shift indicator inthe cluster displays 1st gear.

• Take your foot off the brake pedal andslowly depress the accelerator pedal.When the vehicle speed increases,the clutch will be engaged.

• If the gear is not shifted afterchanging the shift lever from N(Neutral) to D (Drive)/M(Manual)/R (Reverse), try to shiftthe gear again. In this case, timedelay and intermittent noise mayoccur which are normal.

• Always come to a complete stopand depress the brake pedalbefore shifting into D (Drive) posi-tion .

• When moving from R (Reverse) toD (Drive) position, the gear is notshifted if the vehicle speed is over8 km/h.

• Depress the brake pedal fully. Ifnot, the brake press indicator willilluminate and the gear is not shift-ed.

NOTICE

7-20


Do not shift into gear unless yourfoot is firmly on the brake pedal.Shifting into gear when the engineis running at high speed cancause the vehicle to move veryrapidly. You could lose control ofthe vehicle and hit people orobjects.

WARNING

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, Manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate (M). To return to D(Drive) range operation, push theshift lever back into the main gate.In Manual shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to select the desiredrange of gears for the current drivingconditions.

If you cannot move the shift lever intoany position or if the gear is automat-ically moved to N (Neutral) positionwhen the vehicle speed becomesbelow 10 km/h, this may indicate mal-function of the system. In this case,we recommend the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward onceto shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

Information• Only the five forward gears can beselected. To reverse or park thevehicle, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) or N (Neutral) position asrequired.

• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto-matically selected.

• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transmission willupshift automatically.

iNOTICE

7-21

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7OAH2058003

ParkingTo park your vehicle, always come toa complete stop and continue todepress the brake pedal.• When parking on the flat road,

move the shift lever from D(Drive)/R (Reverse) to N (Neutral)position. Then, engage the parkingbrake firmly before turning off theengine.

• When parking on a slope, it is rec-ommended to place the shift leverin D (Drive) for uphill and R(Reverse) for downhill and toengage the parking brake beforeturning off the engine.

If the engine was turned off with theshift lever in D (Drive) or R (Reverse)position, it is necessary to depressthe brake pedal and move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) position to turnon the engine. Take the Key with youwhen exiting the vehicle.

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from N

(Neutral) to any other position withthe accelerator pedal depressed.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing somay result in an accident becauseof a loss of engine braking and thetransmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator andbrake pedals at the same time cantrigger logic for engine powerreduction to assure vehicle decel-eration. Vehicle acceleration willresume after the brake pedal isreleased.

7-22


When you stay in the vehicle withthe engine running, be careful notto depress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. Theengine or exhaust system mayoverheat and start a fire.The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.Do not stop or park over flamma-ble materials, such as dry grass,paper or leaves. They may igniteand cause a fire.

WARNING

• When driving in Manual shift mode,slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in N (Neutral) to keep the vehi-cle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.

7-23

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In

a collision, an unbelted occu-pant is significantly more likelyto be seriously injured or killedthan a properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steersharply. Instead, slow down

before pulling back into the trav-el lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you fol-low all posted speed limits.

WARNING

7-24


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.You can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than typical. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be longer thanwith power brakes.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKING SYSTEM

Take the following precautions:• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake lin-ing and pad wear, andincreased stopping distances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Applying thebrakes continuously will causethe brakes to overheat andcould result in a temporary lossof braking performance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-

cle's ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes areapplied. Applying the brakeslightly will indicate whether theyhave been affected in this way.Always test your brakes in thisfashion after driving throughdeep water. To dry the brakes,lightly tap the brake pedal toheat up the brakes while main-taining a safe forward speeduntil brake performance returnsto normal. Avoid driving at highspeeds until the brakes functioncorrectly.

WARNING

7-25

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high pitched warning sound fromyour front or rear brakes. You mayhear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Please remember some driving con-ditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, do notcontinue to drive with worn brakepads.

InformationAlways replace brake pads as com-plete front or rear axle sets.

Rear drum brakesYour rear drum brakes do not havewear indicators. Therefore, have therear brake linings inspected if youhear a rear brake rubbing noise. Alsohave your rear brakes inspectedeach time you change or rotate yourtires and when you have the frontbrakes replaced.

Parking brake

Always set the parking brake beforeleaving the vehicle, to apply:Firmly depress the brake pedal.Pull up the parking brake lever as faras possible.

i

NOTICE

OAH2058004

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the parking brake while thevehicle is moving except in anemergency situation. It could dam-age the brake system and lead toan accident.

WARNING

7-26


To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal.Slightly pull up the parking brakelever.While pressing the release button(1), lower the parking brake (2).

If the parking brake does not releaseor does not release all the way, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not apply the accelerator pedalwhile the parking brake isengaged. If you depress the accel-erator pedal with the parking brakeengaged, warning will sound.Damage to the parking brake mayoccur.

• Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the braking systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake parts. Make surethe parking brake is released andthe Brake Warning Light is offbefore driving.

NOTICE

OAH2058005

• Whenever leaving the vehicle orparking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue todepress the brake pedal. Movethe shift lever into the 1st gear(for Manual Transmission vehi-cle) or N (Neutral) position (forAutomated ManualTransmission vehicle), thenapply the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.For information on parking on anuphill/downhill, refer to “Parking”in this chapter.Vehicles with the parking brakenot fully engaged are at risk formoving inadvertently and caus-ing injury to yourself or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is released unin-tentionally, serious injury mayoccur.

• Only release the parking brake

WARNING when you are seated inside thevehicle with your foot firmly onthe brake pedal.

7-27

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Check the ParkingBrake Warning Light byplacing the ignitionswitch to the ON posi-tion (do not start the

engine).This light will be illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON posi-tion.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is released and the BrakeWarning Light is OFF.

If the Parking Brake Warning Lightremains on after the parking brake isreleased while engine is running,there may be a malfunction in thebrake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking systemthat helps prevent a braking skid.ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time.

WK-23

An Anti-Lock Braking System(ABS) will not prevent accidentsdue to improper or dangerousdriving maneuvers. Even thoughvehicle control is improved duringemergency braking, always main-tain a safe distance between youand objects ahead of you. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with ABS may be longerthan for those without these sys-tems in the following road condi-tions.

WARNING

Drive your vehicle at reducedspeeds during the following condi-tions:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

• Tire chains are installed on yourvehicle.

The safety features of an ABSequipped vehicle should not betested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endangerthe safety of yourself or others.

7-28


Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit fromyour ABS in an emergency situation,do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Depress yourbrake pedal as hard as possible.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear sounds fromthe brakes, or feel a correspondingsensation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and it means your ABS isactive.ABS does not reduce the time or dis-tance it takes to stop the vehicle.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you.ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from sudden changes indirection, such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weather con-ditions.

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-ty. Always steer moderately whenbraking hard. Severe or sharp steer-ing wheel movement can still causeyour vehicle to veer into oncomingtraffic or off the road.On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake sys-tem may result in a longer stoppingdistance than for vehicles equippedwith a conventional brake system.The ABS warning light ( ) will stayon for several seconds after the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.During that time, the ABS will gothrough self-diagnosis and the lightwill go off if everything is normal. Ifthe light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. We recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

If the ABS warning light ( ) is onand stays on, you may have aproblem with the ABS. Your powerbrakes will work normally. Toreduce the risk of serious injury ordeath, we recommend that youcontact your HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

WARNING

7-29

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

InformationWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the ABSwarning light ( ) may turn on at thesame time. This happens because ofthe low battery voltage. It does notmean your ABS is malfunctioning.Have the battery recharged beforedriving the vehicle.

Good braking practices i

When you drive on a road havingpoor traction, such as an icy road,and apply your brakes continuous-ly, the ABS will be active continu-ously and the ABS warning light( ) may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and turn theengine off.Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSsystem is normal. Otherwise, youmay have a problem with yourABS system. We recommend thatyou contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as pos-sible.

CAUTION

Whenever leaving the vehicle orparking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue to depressthe brake pedal. Move the shiftlever into the 1st gear (for ManualTransmission vehicle) or N(Neutral) position (for AutomatedManual Transmission vehicle),then apply the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Vehicles with the parking brakenot fully engaged are at risk formoving inadvertently and causinginjury to yourself or others.

WARNING

7-30


Wet brakes can be dangerous! Thebrakes may get wet if the vehicle isdriven through standing water or if itis washed. Your vehicle will not stopas quickly if the brakes are wet. Wetbrakes may cause the vehicle to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returnsto normal, taking care to keep thevehicle under control at all times. Ifthe braking action does not return tonormal, stop as soon as it is safe todo so and we recommend that youcall an authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.DO NOT drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconstant pedal pressure can result inthe brakes overheating, brake wear,and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe location.Keep your foot firmly on the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped toprevent the vehicle from rolling for-ward.

7-31

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

SpECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONSHazardous driving conditionsWhen hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud or sand:Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-tance for braking.Avoid sudden movements in brakingor steering.If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels toprovide traction when stalled in ice,snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicleIf it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between 1st and R (Reverse,for Manual Transmission vehicle) orR (Reverse) and a forward gear (forAutomated Manual Transmissionvehicle). Try to avoid spinning thewheels, and do not race the engine.To prevent transmission wear, waituntil the wheels stop spinning beforeshifting gears. Release the accelera-tor pedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal whilethe transmission is in gear. Slowlyspinning the wheels in forward andreverse directions causes a rockingmotion that may free the vehicle.

If the tires spin at high speed thetires can explode, and you or othersmay be injured. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objects areanywhere near the vehicle.The vehicle can overheat causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as little aspossible and avoid spinning thewheels at speeds over 56 km/h (35mph) as indicated on the speedome-ter.

If you are still stuck after rocking thevehicle a few times, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating, possible dam-age to the transmission, and tiredamage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.

NOTICE

NOTICE

Downshifting with a ContinuouslyVariable Transmission, while driv-ing on slippery surfaces can causean accident. The sudden changein tire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

7-32


Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at nightNight driving presents more hazardsthan driving in the daylight. Here aresome important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed. Dirty or improperlyaimed headlights will make it muchmore difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rainRain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous. Here are a few things toconsider when driving in the rain oron slick pavement:• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfallmakes it harder to see and increas-es the distance needed to stopyour vehicle.

• Replace your windshield wiperblades when they show signs ofstreaking or missing areas on thewindshield.

• Be sure your tires have enoughtread. If your tires do not haveenough tread, making a quick stopon wet pavement can cause a skidand possibly lead to an accident.See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

7-33

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may bewet, apply them lightly while driv-ing until normal braking operationreturns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you aregoing fast enough, your vehicle mayhave little or no contact with the roadsurface and actually ride on thewater. The best advice is SLOWDOWN when the road is wet. Therisk of hydroplaning increases as thedepth of tire tread decreases, refer to"Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

Driving in flooded areasAvoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may bereduced.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

7-34


Snow or icy conditionsYou need to keep sufficient distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you.Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brakeapplications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur.To drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tiresor to install tire chains on your tires.Always carry emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want tocarry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, a flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure to use radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.The traction provided by snow tireson dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipmenttires. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

InformationDo not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local and municipal reg-ulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

iWINTER DRIVING

Snow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

WARNING

7-35

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner than other types of tires, theymay be damaged by mounting sometypes of tire chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires isrecommended instead of tire chains.Do not mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; ifunavoidable use a wire type chain. Iftire chains must be used, use gen-uine HYUNDAI parts and install thetire chain after reviewing the instruc-tions provided with the tire chains.Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper tire chain use is not cov-ered by your vehicle manufacturer’swarranty.

Information• Install tire chains on the front tires.It should be noted that installing tirechains on the tires will provide agreater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.

• Do not install tire chains withoutfirst checking local and municipalregulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

Chain InstallationWhen installing tire chains, follow themanufacturer's instructions andmount them as tightly possible. Driveslowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph))with chains installed. If you hear thechains contacting the body or chas-sis, stop and tighten them. If they stillmake contact, slow down until thenoise stops. Remove the tire chainsas soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning Flasher and place atriangular emergency warning devicebehind the vehicle (if available).Always place the shift lever in neu-tral, apply the parking brake and turnoff the engine before installing snowchains.

i

OAH2058006

The use of tire chains mayadversely affect vehicle handling:• Drive less than 30 km/h (20

mph) or the chain manufactur-er's recommended speed limit,whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoidbumps, holes, sharp turns, andother road hazards, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.

WARNING

7-36


When using tire chains:• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage yourvehicle's brake lines, suspension,body and wheels.

• Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.• If you hear noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten thechain to prevent contact with thevehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retightenthe chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km(0.3~0.6 miles).

• Do not use tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels. Ifunavoidable, use a wire typechain.

• Use wire chains less than 15 mm(0.59 in) wide to prevent damageto the chain's connection.

Winter precautionsUse high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in chapter 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin chapter 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or aservice station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seechapter 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, we recommend that youconsult with an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in chapter 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

NOTICE

7-37

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andmost auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brake freezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk the parking brakemay freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the shift lever in N (forAutomated Manual Transmission) orin first or reverse gear (for ManualTransmission) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll.Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumulateunderneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of theweather, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, shovel, jumper cables, windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-alls, blanket, etc.

Don't place foreign objects ormaterials in the engine compart-mentPlacement of foreign objects ormaterials which prevent cooling ofthe engine, in the engine compart-ment, may cause a failure or com-bustion. The manufacturer is notresponsible for the damage causedby such placement.

7-38


Two labels on your driver's door sillshow how much weight your vehiclewas designed to carry: the Tire andLoading Information Label and theCertification Label.Before loading your vehicle, familiar-ize yourself with the following termsfor determining your vehicle's weightratings, from the vehicle's specifica-tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb WeightThis is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle Curb WeightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo WeightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the Certification Label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the Certification Labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

OverloadingVEHICLE WEIGHT

The Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) and the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) for yourvehicle are on the CertificationLabel attached to the driver's (orfront passenger's) door.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicle dam-age. You can calculate the weightof your load by weighing the items(and people) before putting themin the vehicle. Be careful not tooverload your vehicle.

WARNING

What to do in an emergency

Hazard warning flasher ........................................8-2

In case of an emergency while driving ..............8-3If the engine stalls while driving ...................................8-3If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .........8-3If you have a flat tire while driving..............................8-3

If the engine will not start ...................................8-4If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly .........................................................8-4If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start ................................................................8-4

Jump starting ..........................................................8-5

If the engine overheats ........................................8-8

If you have a flat tire..........................................8-10Jack and tools ..................................................................8-10Removing and storing the spare tire .........................8-10Changing tires ..................................................................8-11Jack label...........................................................................8-16EC Declaration of conformity for Jack......................8-17

Towing ...................................................................8-18Towing service .................................................................8-18Removable towing hook ................................................8-19Emergency towing ..........................................................8-20

8

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle. It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.To turn the hazard warning flasheron or off, press the hazard warningflasher button with the ignition switchin any position. The button is locatedin the center console switch panel.

All turn signal lights will flash simul-taneously.• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

8-2


OAH2068001

If the engine stalls while driving• Reduce your speed gradually,keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-er.

• Try to start the engine again. If yourvehicle will not start, we recom-mend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, if safe to do so, move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) positionand then push the vehicle to a safelocation.• If your vehicle has a manual trans-mission not equipped with a igni-tion lock switch, the vehicle canmove forward by shifting to the 2(second) or 3 (third) gear and thenturning the starter without depress-ing the clutch pedal.

If you have a flat tire while driv-ing If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing:• Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal and let the vehicle slowdown while driving straight ahead.Do not apply the brakes immedi-ately or attempt to pull off the roadas this may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.When the vehicle has slowed tosuch a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on firm, levelground. If you are on a dividedhighway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, pressthe hazard warning flasher button,move the shift lever into N(Neutral), apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, followthe instructions provided later inthis chapter.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

8-3

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly • Be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral). The engine starts onlywhen the shift lever is in N(Neutral).

• Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. This could cause damage toyour vehicle.

See instructions for "Jump Starting"provided in this chapter.

If the engine turns over normallybut doesn't start • Check the fuel level and add fuel ifnecessary.

If the engine still does not start, werecommend that you call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

8-4


Push or pull starting the vehiclemay cause the catalytic converterto overload which can lead todamage to the emission controlsystem.

WARNING

Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Follow the jumpstarting procedure in this section toavoid serious injury or damage toyour vehicle. If in doubt about how toproperly jump start your vehicle, westrongly recommend that you have aservice technician or towing servicedo it for you.

JUMP STARTING

8-5

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders,always follow these precautionswhen working near or handling thebattery:

Always read and followinstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect theeyes from acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks, orsmoking materials awayfrom the battery.Hydrogen is always pres-ent in battery cells, is high-ly combustible, and mayexplode if ignited.

Keep batteries out ofreach of children.

Batteries contain sulfuricacid which is highly corro-sive. Do not allow acid tocontact your eyes, skin orclothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If acid getson your skin, thoroughly wash thearea. If you feel pain or a burningsensation, get medical attentionimmediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak. Lift with a battery carrier orwith your hands on opposite cor-ners.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle if your battery isfrozen.

WARNING

• NEVER attempt to recharge thebattery when the vehicle's bat-tery cables are connected to thebattery.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. NEVERtouch these components withthe engine running or when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

• Do not allow the (+) and (-)jumper cables to touch. It maycause sparks.

• The battery may rupture orexplode when you jump startwith a low or frozen battery.

• Never attempt jump start if youobserve cracks, leaks or otherdamage on Battery.

To prevent damage to your vehicle:• Only use a 12-volt power supply(battery or jumper system) to jumpstart your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start yourvehicle by push-starting.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulation.

Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,but do not allow the vehicles totouch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts inthe engine compartment at alltimes, even when the vehicles areturned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices suchas radios, lights, air conditioning,etc. Put the vehicles in N (neutral),and set the parking brakes. Turnboth vehicles OFF.

i

NOTICE

8-6


Pb

• Improper jump starting proce-dure can result in battery explo-sion and acid burn hazard.

• Loosely connected batterycables could damage the elec-tronic control units.

• To disconnect battery terminalswait for at least 2 minutes toallow discharge of high voltageor it could lead to personalinjury.

• While disconnecting, always dis-connect the -VE terminal firstand while connecting, alwaysconnect the -VE terminal last.

CAUTION

4. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one jumpercable to the red, positive (+)jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

5. Connect the other end of thejumper cable to the red, positive(+) battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cableto the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assistingvehicle (3).

7. Connect the other end of the sec-ond jumper cable to the black,negative (-) chassis ground ofyour vehicle (4).Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the cor-rect battery or jumper terminals orthe correct ground. Do not leanover the battery when makingconnections.

8. Start the engine of the assistingvehicle and let it run at approxi-mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after afew attempts, it probably requiresservicing. In this event please seekqualified assistance. If the cause ofyour battery discharging is notapparent, we recommend that yourvehicle be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in theexact reverse order you connectedthem:1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassisground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the black, neg-ative (-) battery/chassis ground ofthe assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumpercable from the red, positive (+)battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the red, positive(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

8-7

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

OAH2068016

Jumper Terminal

Jumper Cables

Booster Battery

Never connect Jumper Cabledirectly to the negative (-) terminalof discharged Battery (YourVehicle Battery), or an Explosionmay occur.

WARNING

If your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine may be over-heating. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.2. Place the shift lever in N (neutral)

and set the parking brake. If the airconditioning is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood untilthe coolant has stopped runningor the steaming has stopped. Ifthere is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan isoperating. If the fan is not running,turn the engine off.

4. Check for coolant leaking from theradiator, hoses or under the vehi-cle. (If the air conditioning hadbeen in use, it is normal for coldwater to be draining from it whenyou stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out,stop the engine immediately andwe recommend that you call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

8-8


While the engine is run-ning, keep hands,clothing and tools awayfrom the moving partssuch as the cooling fanand drive belt to pre-vent serious injury.

WARNING

NEVER remove theradiator cap or thedrain plug while theengine and radiator arehot. Hot coolant and

steam may blow out under pres-sure, causing serious injury.Turn the engine off and wait untilthe engine cools down. Useextreme care when removing theradiator cap. Wrap a thick towelaround it, and turn it counterclock-wise slowly to the first stop. Stepback while the pressure isreleased from the cooling system.When you are sure all the pres-sure has been released, pressdown on the cap, using a thicktowel, and continue turning coun-terclockwise to remove it.

WARNING

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has beenlost, carefully add coolant to thereservoir to bring the fluid level inthe reservoir up to the halfwaymark.

7. Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,we recommend that you call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Serious loss of coolant indicates aleak in the cooling system and werecommend the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• When the engine overheats fromlow engine coolant, suddenlyadding engine coolant may causecracks in the engine. To preventdamage, add engine coolant slow-ly in small quantities.

NOTICE

8-9

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

8-10


Jack and tools

� Jack� Jack handle� Wheel lug nut wrench� Towing hook

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench, towing hook are storedin the luggage compartment underthe luggage box cover.The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

OAH2068002

Changing a tire can be dangerous.Follow the instructions in this sec-tion when changing a tire toreduce the risk of serious injury ordeath.

WARNING Removing and storing the sparetire

Turn the winged hold down bolt coun-terclockwise to remove the spare tire.Store the spare tire in the same com-partment by turning the winged holddown bolt clockwise. To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom "rattling", store them in theirproper location.

OHCR066027

8-11

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

Changing tires

A vehicle can slip or roll off of ajack causing serious injury ordeath to you or those nearby.Take the following safety precau-tions:• Do not get under a vehicle thatis supported by a jack.

• NEVER attempt to change a tirein the lane of traffic. ALWAYSmove the vehicle completely offthe road on level, firm groundaway from traffic before trying tochange a tire. If you cannot finda level, firm place off the road,call a towing service for assis-tance.

• Be sure to use the jack providedwith the vehicle.

• ALWAYS place the jack on thedesignated jacking positions onthe vehicle and NEVER on thebumpers or any other part of thevehicle for jacking support.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on the jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Keep children away from theroad and the vehicle.

WARNING

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by hand, you canloosen it easily using the jack handle.1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of

the tire hold-down wing bolt.2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise with the jackhandle.

OHCR066028

8-12


Follow these steps to change yourvehicle's tire:1. Park on a level, firm surface.2. Move the shift lever into N (neu-

tral), apply the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.

3. Press the hazard warning flasherbutton.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thetire diagonally opposite of the tireyou are changing.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each in theorder shown above, but do notremove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off of the ground.

7. Place the jack at the designatedjacking position under the frameclosest to the tire you are chang-ing. The jacking positions areplates welded to the frame withtwo tabs and a raised dot. Neverjack any other position or part ofthe vehicle.

OAH2068005OAH2068004

8-13

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire clears theground. Make sure the vehicle isstable on the jack.

9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheellug nut wrench and remove themwith your fingers. Remove thewheel from the studs and lay it flaton the ground out of the way.Remove any dirt or debris fromthe studs, mounting surfaces, andwheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto thestuds of the hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-gers onto the studs with thesmaller end of the lug nuts clos-est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the jack handle coun-terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench totighten the lug nuts in the ordershown. Double-check each lugnut until they are tight. Afterchanging tires, we recommendthat an authorized HYUNDAIdealer tighten the lug nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possi-ble. The wheel lug nut should betightened to 11~13 kgf.m (79~94lbf.ft).

OAH2068007OAH2068006

8-14


If you have a tire gauge, check thetire pressure (see "Tires andWheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressureinstructions.). If the pressure is loweror higher than recommended, driveslowly to the nearest service stationand adjust it to the recommendedpressure. Always reinstall the valvecap after checking or adjusting tirepressure. If the cap is not replaced,air may leak from the tire. If you losea valve cap, buy another and install itas soon as possible. After changingtires, secure the flat tire and returnthe jack and tools to their proper stor-age locations.

Information Check the tire pressure as soon as pos-sible after installing a spare tire.Adjust it to the recommended pres-sure.

Your vehicle has metric threads onthe studs and lug nuts. Make certainduring tire changing that the samenuts that were removed are rein-stalled. If you have to replace yourlug nuts make sure they have metricthreads to avoid damaging the studsand ensure the wheel is properlysecured to the hub. We recommendthat you consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

If any of the equipment such as thejack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-ment is damaged or in poor condi-tion, do not attempt to change thetire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires (if equipped) Compact spare tires are designed foremergency use only. Drive carefullyon the compact spare tire andalways follow the safety precautions.

i

NOTICE

To prevent compact spare tire fail-ure and loss of control possiblyresulting in an accident:• Use the compact spare tire onlyin an emergency.

• NEVER operate your vehicleover 80 km/h (50 mph).

• Do not exceed the vehicle'smaximum load rating or the loadcarrying capacity shown on thesidewall of the compact sparetire.

• Do not use the compact sparetire continuously. Repair orreplace the original tire as soonas possible to avoid failure ofthe compact spare tire.

WARNING

When driving with the compact sparetire mounted to your vehicle:• Check the tire pressure afterinstalling the compact spare tire.The compact spare tire should beinflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire's tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

Information When the original tire and wheel arerepaired and reinstalled on the vehi-cle, the lug nut torque must be set cor-rectly to prevent wheel vibration. Thecorrect lug nut tightening torque is11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft).

To prevent damaging the compactspare tire and your vehicle:• Drive slowly enough for the roadconditions to avoid all hazards,such as a potholes or debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch).

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other wheels, nor shouldstandard tires, snow tires, wheelcovers or trim rings be used withthe compact spare wheel.

NOTICEi

8-15

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

8-16


Jack label 1. Model Name2. Maximum allowable load3. When using the jack, set yourparking brake.

4. When using the jack, stop theengine.

5. Do not get under a vehicle that issupported by a jack.

6. The designated locations underthe frame

7. When supporting the vehicle, thebase plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith Manual Transmission or movethe shift lever to the N position onvehicles with Automated ManualTransmission.

9. The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture11. Production date12. Representative company and

address

OHYK065010

OHYK065011

• Type A� Example

• Type B

� The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

8-17

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

Towing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the front wheelsoff the ground. If any of the loadedwheels or suspension componentsare damaged or the vehicle is beingtowed with the front wheels on theground, use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.

TOWING

OAH2068008

Dolly

Dolly

OAH2068009

OAH2068010

OAH2068011

8-18


• Do not tow the vehicle with 4wheels on the ground (such asdinghy towing behind a motorhomeor other motor vehicle) as this canseriously damage the AutomatedManual Transmission.

• Do not tow the vehicle with thefront wheels on the ground as thismay cause damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use a wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies:1. Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Failure to place the shift lever in N(Neutral) when being towed with thefront wheels on the ground cancause internal damage to the trans-mission.

Removable towing hook

1. Open the tailgate and take thetowing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover by turningit counterclockwise.

3. Engage the towing hook in thehole by turning the hook clockwiseuntil it is fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OAH2068013

8-19

What to

do in

an e

merg

ency

8

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-mend you have it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook at the front (or rear) of thevehicle.Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle with a cable or chain. Adriver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.

Always follow these emergency tow-ing precautions:• Place the ignition switch in theACC position so the steeringwheel is not locked.

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Depress the brake pedal with moreforce than normal since you willhave reduced braking perform-ance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than yourown to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

OAH2068012

OAH2058007

� Front

� Rear

8-20


• Use a towing cable or chain lessthan 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach awhite or red cloth (about 30 cm (12inches) wide) in the middle of thecable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cableor chain remains tight during towing.

• Before towing, check theAutomated Manual Transmissionfor fluid leaks under your vehicle. Ifthe Automated ManualTransmission fluid is leaking,flatbed equipment or a towing dollymust be used.

To avoid damage to your vehicle andvehicle components when towing:• Always pull straight ahead whenusing the towing hooks. Do not pullfrom the side or at a vertical angle.

• Do not use the towing hooks to pulla vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Limit the vehicle speed to15 km/h (10 mph) and drive lessthan 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing toavoid serious damage to theAutomated Manual Transmission.

NOTICE

OAH2068014

9

Main

tenance

7

Maintenance

Engine compartment ............................................9-3

Maintenance services ...........................................9-5Owner's responsibility......................................................9-5Owner maintenance precautions ................................9-5

Owner maintenance .............................................9-8Owner maintenance schedule ......................................9-8

Scheduled maintenance service ......................9-10Normal maintenance schedule - Petrol engine ......9-11Maintenance under severe usage conditions - Petrol engine ................................................................9-15

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.9-17

Engine oil ..............................................................9-20Checking the engine oil level .......................................9-20Changing the engine oil and filter..............................9-21

Engine coolant......................................................9-23Checking the coolant level ...........................................9-23Recommended engine coolant.....................................9-25Changing the coolant .....................................................9-25

Brake/clutch fluid................................................9-27Checking the brake/clutch fluid level........................9-27

Washer fluid .........................................................9-29Checking the washer fluid level .................................9-29

Parking brake ......................................................9-30Checking the parking brake .........................................9-30

Air cleaner ...........................................................9-31Filter replacement ........................................................9-31

Climate control air filter ....................................9-33Filter inspection...............................................................9-33Filter replacement...........................................................9-33

Wiper blades ........................................................9-35Blade inspection ..............................................................9-35Blade replacement .......................................................9-35

Battery...................................................................9-38For best battery service................................................9-38Battery capacity label ...................................................9-40Battery recharging .........................................................9-40Reset items .......................................................................9-41Battery replacement.......................................................9-41

9

Tires and wheels ..................................................9-42Tire care ...........................................................................9-42Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...........9-42Checking tire inflation pressure..................................9-44Tire rotation ....................................................................9-45Wheel alignment and tire balance .............................9-46Tire replacement .............................................................9-46Wheel replacement ........................................................9-48Tire traction......................................................................9-48Tire maintenance ...........................................................9-48Tire sidewall labeling......................................................9-49Low aspect ratio tire .....................................................9-53

Fuses......................................................................9-54Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................9-55Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........9-57Fuse/relay panel description .......................................9-59

Light bulbs.............................................................9-67Headlight, Parking (Position) Light, Turn signal Light, Fog Light bulb replacement........9-68Side repeater light replacement ................................9-70Rear combination light bulb replacement .................9-70High mounted stop light ................................................9-72License plate light bulb replacement ........................9-72Interior light bulb replacement ....................................9-73

Appearance care..................................................9-74Exterior care ....................................................................9-74Interior care......................................................................9-79

Emission control system .....................................9-82Crankcase emission control system ...........................9-82Evaporative emission control system.........................9-82Exhaust emission control system ...............................9-83

9-3

9

Main

tenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OAH2078001R

� Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.0 MPI) - (If equipped)


1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Battery

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

9-4

Maintenance

OAH2078002R

� Petrol Engine (Epsilon 1.1 MPI)


1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Battery

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

9-5

9

Main

tenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES

You should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures. Inadequate, incom-plete or insufficient servicing mayresult in operational problems withyour vehicle that could lead to vehi-cle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner's responsibilityInformation

Maintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibil-ity.

We recommend in general that youhave your vehicle serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered when your vehicle iscovered by warranty.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This chapter givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.

Information Improper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect war-ranty coverage. For details, read theseparate Service Passport providedwith the vehicle. If you're unsureabout any servicing or maintenanceprocedure, we recommend that thesystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

i

9-6

Maintenance

• Do not put heavy objects or applyexcessive force on top of theengine cover (if equipped) or fuelrelated parts.

• When you inspect the fuel system(fuel lines and fuel injectiondevices), we recommend that youcontact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not drive long time with theengine cover(if equipped)removed.

• When checking the engine room,do not go near fire. Fuel, washerfluid, etc. are flammable oils thatmay cause fire.

NOTICE

Maintenance work

• Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be dangerous.You can be seriously injuredwhile performing some mainte-nance procedures. If you lacksufficient knowledge and experi-ence or the proper tools andequipment to do the work, werecommend that the system beserviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury.Therefore, if you must run the

WARNING engine while working under thehood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especiallyrings, bracelets, watches, andnecklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING

9-7

9

Main

tenance

• Before touching the battery, igni-tion cables and electrical wiring,you should disconnect the battery"-" terminal. You may get an elec-tric shock from the electric current.

• When you remove the interior trimcover with a flat head (-) driver, becareful not to damage the cover.

• Be careful when you replace andclean bulbs to avoid burns or elec-trical shock.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed at the frequencies indicatedto help ensure safe, dependableoperation of your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolantreservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluidlevel.

• Look for low or under-inflated tires.• Check the radiator and condenser.Check if the front of the radiatorand condenser are clean and notblocked with leaves, dirt or insectsetc.If any of the above parts areextremely dirty or you are not sureof their condition, we recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound ofthe exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or "pulls" to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transmissionoccurs, check the transmissionfluid level.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under yourvehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

9-8

Maintenance

Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

WARNING

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in theengine coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exteriorlights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare for tiresthat are worn, show uneven wear,or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and airconditioning hoses for leaks ordamage.

• Check the windshield washerspray and wiper operation. Cleanwiper blades with clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,shields and clamps.

• Check the lap/shoulder belts forwear and function.

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drainholes.

• Lubricate the door hinges andchecks, and hood hinges.

• Lubricate the door and hood locksand latches.

• Lubricate the door rubber weather-strips.

• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate AutomatedManual Transmission linkage andcontrols.

• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

9-9

9

Main

tenance

SChEdulEd MAINTENANCE SERVICE

9-10

Maintenance

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km(10 miles) infreezing temperature

• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather• Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine• Driving in heavy traffic area• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

9-11

9

Main

tenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE

*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350miles) or before starting a long trip.

*2 : Driving in ambient temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or driv-ing at constant highway speeds must conform the severedriving condition.

*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and main-tained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibrationand adjust if necessary. We recommend that an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation.

*5 : When adding coolant, use only deionised water or softwater for your vehicle and never mix hard water in thecoolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture canresult in serious malfunction or engine damage.

*6 : Manual/Automated manual transaxle fluid should bechanged anytime the vehicle has been submerged in water.

*7 : If good quality petrols that meet Europe Fuel standards(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not avail-able, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorised HYUNDAI dealer along withinformation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*8 : Maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there aresome important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, difficulty in starting problems etc, we recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardlessof the maintenance schedule and consulting with an autho-rised HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*9 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler & alternator pulley, Starterand all chassis electrical items. Correct or replace, if nec-essary.

*10 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’sinterval when you do maintenance of other items.

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both kilometres and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

Maintenance

9-12

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace C: Clean and Replace if necessaryR : Replace

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ENGINE BAY

Engine oil & filter*1 *2 *3 I R R R R R R R R

Drive belt - - - I - - - - I

Air cleaner filter C C C R C C R C C

Battery condition & specific gravity I I I I I I I I I

Throttle body - C C C C C C C C

Spark plugs* 10

Replace at every 70,000 kms or 60 months

Valve clearance * 4

Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months

Vaccum Hose - - - I - - I - -

Idler/damper pulley/Adj. Bolt Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain

Brake/Clutch fluid I I I I I I I I I

Engine coolant (topup & specific gravity)* 5 Inspect at every service;

Replace first at 200,000 Km or 120 months ; then at every 120,000 Km or 120 months

Manual transaxle fluid* 6 - - - - - - I - -

Automated Manual Transmission fluid (if equipped)* 6

Inspect at every 60,000 kms or 72 months

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

9-13

9

Main

tenance


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

VEHICLE ON FLOOR

Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid) I I I I I I I I I

Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/Connectors) I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filler cap - I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter I C R C R C R C R

Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor) I I I I I I I I I

Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage I I I I I I I I I

VEHICLE ON LIFT

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust system (leakages & damages) I I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter*8 - - - I - - R - -

Charcoal canister & vapor hose - - - - - - I - -

Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints) I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replaceR : Replace C : Clean and replace if necessary



MAINTENANCEITEM

9-14

Maintenance


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I

Driveshafts & boots I I I I I I I I I

Fluid leakages I I I I I I I I I

Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes Inspect if required

Front and rear disc/drum brakes & pads I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake (disc/drum, pad/shoe & operation) I I I I I I I I I

Wheel Alignment & Balancing - Inspect if required

Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation - I, TR I, TR I, TR I, TR I, TR I, TR I, TR I, TR

FINAL CHECKS

Bolt and nuts on chasis and body I I I I I I I I I

Lubricate locks & hinges I L L L L L L L L

Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alternator)*9 I I I I I I I I I

Warning lights operation & GDS system check I I I I I I I I I

Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace L : LubricateR : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation



MAINTENANCEITEM

9-15

9

Main

tenance


Kms×1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I

All seat belt operation I I I I I I I I I

Road test Inspect if required

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace L : LubricateR : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation

MAINTENANCEITEM


9-16

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINEThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R : Replace or change

Maintenance itemMaintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Air cleaner filter RReplace more frequently depending on the condition

C, E

Spark plugs RReplace more frequently depending on the condition

B, F, H

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) R

Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Automated Manual Transmission fluid

(if equipped)R

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G

9-17

9

Main

tenance

Severe driving conditions

A : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather

E : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust intoengine

F : Driving in heavy traffic areaG : Driving in mountainous areasH : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicletowing

J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)

Maintenance itemMaintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Front suspension ball joints IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, G, H

Drum brakes and linings IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, G, H

Parking brake IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter RReplace more frequently depending on the condition

C, E

9-18

Maintenance

EXPlANATION OF SChEdulEd MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the caris being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

When you are inspecting the belt,place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF or ACC position.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections. We recommend that the fuel filter bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. We recommend that the fuellines, fuel hoses and connections bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

NOTICE

9-19

9

Main

tenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterWe recommend that the air cleanerfilter be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transmissionfluid according to the maintenanceschedule.

Do not disconnect and inspectspark plugs when the engine ishot. You may burn yourself.

WARNING

9-20

Maintenance

Automated Manual Transmissionfluid (if equipped)Inspect the automated manual trans-mission fluid according to the main-tenance schedule. .

The use of non-specified fluid (evenmarked as compatible with genuine)could result in shift quality deteriora-tion and vibrations, eventually, thetransmission failure.Use only specified AutomatedManual Transmission fluid. (Refer to"Recommended lubricants andcapacities" in chapter 8.)

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween "MIN" (Minimum) and"MAX" (Maximum) marks on the sideof the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 orDOT 4 specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake pedaland cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

NOTICE

9-21

9

Main

tenance

ENGINE OIl

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2. Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and reinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F (Full) and L (Low).

Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

WARNING

• Do not overfill the engine oil. Itmay damage the engine.

• Do not spill engine oil, whenadding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

• When you wipe the oil levelgauge, you should wipe it with aclean cloth. When mixed withdebris, it can cause engine dam-age.

CAUTION

OAH2078003

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078005

� 1.1 MPI

9-22

Maintenance

If it is near or at L (Low), add enoughoil to bring the level to F (Full). Do notoverfill.Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to "Recommended lubricantsand capacities" in chapter 8.)

Changing the engine oil and filterWe recommend that the engine oiland filter be replaced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

OAH2078004R

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078006R

� 1.1 MPI

9-23

9

Main

tenance

Used engine oil may cause skinirritation or cancer if left in contactwith the skin for prolonged periodsof time. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused can-cer in laboratory animals. Alwaysprotect your skin by washing yourhands thoroughly with soap andwarm water as soon as possibleafter handling used oil.

WARNING

9-24

Maintenance

ENGINE COOlANT

The high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

• Do not drive with no enginecoolant. It may cause water pumpfailure and engine seizure, etc.

• When the engine overheats fromlow engine coolant, suddenlyadding engine coolant may causecracks in the engine. To preventdamage, add engine coolant slow-ly in small quantities.

Checking the coolant level Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (Full) and L (Low)marked on the side of the coolantreservoir when the engine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water.Bring the level to F (Full), but do notoverfill. If frequent additions arerequired, we recommend that thesystem be inspected by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

OAH2078007R

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078008R

� 1.1 MPI

9-25

9

Main

tenance

The electric motor(cooling fan) is con-trolled by enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-times operate even when theengine is not running. Useextreme caution when workingnear the blades of the cooling fanso that you are not injured by arotating fan blades. As the enginecoolant temperature decreases,the electric motor will automatical-ly shut off. This is a normal condi-tion.

WARNING OAH2078009

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078010

� 1.1 MPI

Removing radiator cap

• Never attempt toremove the radiator cap whilethe engine is operating or hot.Doing so might lead to coolingsystem and engine damage andcould result in serious personalinjury from escaping hot coolantor steam.

• Turn the engine off and wait untilit cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it,and turn it counterclockwiseslowly to the first stop. Stepback while the pressure isreleased from the cooling sys-tem. When you are sure all thepressure has been released,press down on the cap, using athick towel, and continue turningcounterclockwise to remove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-

WARNING ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causingserious injury.

9-26

Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (distilled) water in thecoolant mixture.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

Changing the coolantWe recommend that the coolant bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Put a thick cloth or fabric around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing into engineparts such as the alternator.

NOTICE

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

WARNING

9-27

9

Main

tenance

Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant orantifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

WARNING

9-28

Maintenance

BRAKE/CluTCh FluId

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX (Maximum) and MIN(Minimum) marks on the side of thereservoir. Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake/clutch fluid, cleanthe area around the reservoir capthoroughly to prevent brake/clutchfluid contamination. If the level is low,add fluid to the MAX (Maximum)level. The level will fall with accumu-lated mileage. This is a normal con-dition associated with the wear of thebrake linings and/or clutch disc (ifequipped).If the fluid level is excessively low, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutchfluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri-cants or capacities” in chapter 8.)Never mix different types of fluid.

Information Before removing the brake/clutch fil-ter cap, read the warning on the cap.

i

Loss of brake fluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions offluid, we recommend that the sys-tem be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

Clean filler cap before removing.Use only DOT3 or DOT4brake/clutch fluid from a sealedcontainer.

WARNING

OAH2078011R

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078012R

� 1.1 MPI

9-29

9

Main

tenance

Do not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be properly disposed. Don'tput in the wrong kind of fluid. A fewdrops of mineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in your brake/clutch sys-tem can damage brake/clutch sys-tem parts.

NOTICE

Brake/clutch fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it care-fully. Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake/clutch fluidcome in contact with your eyes,immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by adoctor as soon as possible.

WARNING

9-30

Maintenance

WAShER FluId

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Coolant

• Do not use radiator coolant orantifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to the paint and bodytrim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alco-hol and can be flammable undercertain circumstances. Do notallow sparks or flame come incontact with the washer fluid orthe washer fluid reservoir.Damage to the vehicle or occu-pants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid comingin contact with the windshieldwasher fluid. Serious injury ordeath could occur.

WARNING

OAH2078013R

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078014R

� 1.1 MPI

9-31

9

Main

tenance

PARKING BRAKE

Checking the parking brake

Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, we recommend thatthe system be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

OAH2058004

9-32

Maintenance

AIR ClEANER

Filter replacement You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

1. Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching and bolt. Then open thecover.

2. Remove the used filter and wipethe inside of the air cleaner hous-ing carefully not to remain dusts inthe cover housing.

OAH2078015R

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078016R

� 1.1 MPI

OAH2078017

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2078018

� 1.1 MPI

9-33

9

Main

tenance

3. Place new filter with clean handsand ensure the rubber gasket isnot taken off.

4. Lock the cover with attaching clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace theelement more often than the usualrecommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this chapter.)

• Do not drive with the filterremoved; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When replacing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirt doesnot enter the air intake, or damagemay result.Keep the new filter clean of anycontamination while replacing.

• We recommend that you use partsfor replacement from an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

Don’t clean the used filter. It cancause contaminations on theclean side of filter to result inengine wear or sensors’ failure.

CAUTION

9-34

Maintenance

ClIMATE CONTROl AIR FIlTER (IF EquIPPEd)

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in theseverely air-polluted cities or ondusty rough roads for a long period,it should be inspected more fre-quently and cleaned earlier. Whenyou, the owner, clean the climatecontrol air filter, clean it performingthe following procedure, and be care-ful to avoid damaging other compo-nents. Replace the filter according to themaintenance Schedule.

Filter replacement

1. Open the glove box.

2. Push in both sides of the glove boxas shown. This will ensure that theglove box stopper pins will getreleased from its holding locationallowing the glove box to hang.

OAH2078020

OAH2078019

9-35

9

Main

tenance

3. Remove the climate control air fil-ter cover.

4. Clean the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse orderof disassembly.

Install a new climate control air filter inthe correct direction with the arrowsymbol(¯) facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effectsmay decrease, possibly with a noise.

NOTICE

ODH073012OAH2078021

9-36

Maintenance

WIPER BlAdES

Blade inspection

Information Commercial hot waxes applied byautomatic car washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use petrol, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

The use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

1JBA5122

9-37

9

Main

tenance

Front windshield wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

2. Compress the clip and slide theblade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)

1. Raise the wiper arm and rotatethe wiper blade assembly (1).

2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.NOTICE

OLMB073023

OLMB073020

OLMB073021

OOS

9-38

Maintenance

3. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into theslot in the wiper arm until it clicksinto place.

4. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, we recom-mend that the wiper blade bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

OLMB073024

9-39

9

Main

tenance

BATTERY

For best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mount-ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

Information - For batteries marked with UPPER andLOWER

If your vehicle is equipped with a bat-tery marked with LOWER (MIN) andUPPER (MAX) on the side, youshould check the electrolyte level. The electrolyte level should bebetween LOWER (MIN) and UPPER(MAX). When the electrolyte level islow, add distilled (or de-mineralized)water. (Never add sulfuric acids orother electrolyte).

Be careful not to spill distilled (or de-mineralized) water over the batterysurface or other adjacent components. Also, do not overfill the battery cells. If not, it may corrode the battery orother components. Finally, securelyclose the cell cap. However, we recom-mend you to contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for better batteryservice.

i

OAH2078022R

OHYK077011

9-40

Maintenance

If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flushyour eyes with cleanwater for at least 15minutes and get imme-diate medical attention.If electrolyte gets onyour skin, thoroughlywash the contactedarea. If you feel a painor a burning sensation,get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

An inappropriately dis-posed battery can beharmful to the environ-ment and humanhealth. Dispose thebattery according toyour local law(s) or reg-ulation.

The battery containslead. Do not dispose ofit after use. Pleasereturn the battery to anauthorized HYUNDAIdealer to be recycled.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cables

Battery dangers

Always read the follow-ing instructions careful-ly when handling a bat-tery.

Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery.

Hydrogen, a highlycombustible gas, isalways present in bat-tery cells and mayexplode if ignited.

Keep batteries out ofthe reach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Donot allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

WARNING

9-41

9

Main

tenance

If you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, the bat-tery may be discharged. Never useunauthorized devices.

Battery capacity label

� The actual battery label in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

1. MF40L: The HYUNDAI modelname of battery

2. 12V: The nominal voltage3. 40Ah(20HR): The nominal capaci-ty (in Ampere hours)

4. RC 55min: The nominal reservecapacity (in min.)

5. CCA 354A: The cold-test currentin amperes by SAE/EN

Battery rechargingYour vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes dischargedin a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

NOTICEOAH2078037

� Example

are connected.• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components withthe engine running or the igni-tion switched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

9-42

Maintenance

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Auto up/down window(See chapter 3)

• Climate control system(See chapter 3)

• Audio (See chapter 3)

Battery replacementReplacing a Battery required precau-tionary measures. We recommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

in the following order.1. Turn off the battery chargermain switch.

2. Unhook the negative clampfrom the negative battery termi-nal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

• Before performing maintenanceor recharging the battery, turnoff all accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING

Recharging battery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removedfrom the vehicle and placed inan area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce thecharging rate if the battery cellsbegin gassing (boiling) violentlyor if the temperature of the elec-trolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C(120°F).

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

• Disconnect the battery charger

WARNING

9-43

9

Main

tenance

TIRES ANd WhEElS

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

OAH2088003

Tire underinflationSevere underinflation (70 kPa (10psi) or more) can lead to severeheat build-up, causing blowouts,tread separation and other tire fail-ures that can result in the loss ofvehicle control leading to severeinjury or death. This risk is muchhigher on hot days and when driv-ing for long periods at highspeeds.

WARNING

9-44

Maintenance

• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, we recommend that thesystem be checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greater pos-sibility of damage from road haz-ards.

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-ommended cold tire pressures by28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve cap,dirt or moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If a valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

- Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the tiresare cold. (After vehicle has beenparked for at least three hours orhasn't been driven more than 1.6km (one mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

NOTICENOTICENOTICE

Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflation canreduce tire life, adversely affectvehicle handling, and lead to sud-den tire failure. This could result inloss of vehicle control and poten-tial injury.

WARNING

9-45

9

Main

tenance

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently forproper inflation as well as wearand damage. Always use a tirepressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehiclecontrol, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries,and even death. The recom-mended cold tire pressure foryour vehicle can be found in thismanual and on the tire labellocated on the driver's side cen-ter pillar.

• Worn tires can cause accidents.Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or are dam-aged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends that youcheck the spare every time youcheck the pressure of the othertires on your vehicle.

WARNING

9-46

Maintenance

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotated every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 10.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information Rotate radial tires that have an asym-metric tread pattern only from frontto rear and not from right to left.

i

CBGQ0706

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

CBGQ0707

Without a spare tire

CBGQ0707A

Directional tires (if equipped)

9-47

9

Main

tenance

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can damageyour vehicle's aluminum wheels. Useonly approved wheel weights.

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

NOTICE

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics thatcould result in death, severeinjury, or property damage.

WARNING

9-48

Maintenance

When replacing the tires, recheckand tighten the wheel nuts after driv-ing about 1,000 km (620miles). If thesteering wheel shakes or the vehiclevibrates while driving, the tire is outof balance. Align the tire balance. Ifthe problem is not solved, we recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE • Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressure inyour tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, never mixradial and bias-ply tires on thesame car. You must replace alltires (including the spare) if mov-ing from radial to bias-ply tires.

• It is best to replace all four tiresat the same time. If that is notpossible, or necessary, thenreplace the two front or two reartires as a pair. Replacing justone tire can seriously affect yourvehicle’s handling.

• Using tires and wheel other thanthe recommended sizes couldcause unusual handling charac-teristics and poor vehicle con-trol, resulting in a serious acci-dent.

• Wheels that do not meet

HYUNDAI's specifications mayfit poorly and result in damage tothe vehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4 tiresmust use the same size original-ly supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) and ESC (ElectronicStability Control) to work irregu-larly. (if equipped)Replacing tires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an accidentcaused by tire failure or loss ofvehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or are dam-aged. Worn tires can cause lossof braking effectiveness, steer-ing control, and traction.

WARNING

9-49

9

Main

tenance

Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replaced compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed to mount aregular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps decrease tirewear. If you find a tire worn unevenly,have your dealer check the wheelalignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

A wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel andbearing life, braking and stoppingabilities, handling characteristics,ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cali-bration, headlight aim and bumperheight.

WARNING

9-50

Maintenance

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)165/70 R14 81S

165 - Tire width in millimeters.70 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).14 - Rim diameter in inches.81 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

S - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this chapterfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:5.0JX14

5.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.14 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

9-51

9

Main

tenance

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2018.

Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced after six (6)years of normal service. Heatcaused by hot climates or frequenthigh loading conditions can accel-erate the aging process. Failureto follow this warning could causesudden tire failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving serious injury ordeath.

WARNING

SpeedRatingSymbol

Maximum Speed

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)W 270 km/h (168 mph)Y 300 km/h (186 mph)

9-52

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and materi-al

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum chapter width.For example: TREAD wear 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

9-53

9

Main

tenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Tire temperature

The temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that isproperly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-up andsudden tire failure. This can causeloss of vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and doesnot include acceleration, corner-ing, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

WARNING

9-54

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

Because the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter than thenormal, the wheel and tire of the lowaspect ratio tire is easier to be dam-aged. So, follow the instructionsbelow.- When driving on a rough road oroff road, drive cautiously becausetires and wheels may be damaged.And after driving, inspect tires andwheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that the tiresand wheels are not damaged.

- If the tire is impacted, we recom-mend that you inspect the tire con-dition or contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition and pres-sure every 3,000km.

• It is not easy to recognize the tiredamage with your own eyes. But ifthere is the slightest hint of tiredamage, even though you cannotsee the tire damage with your owneyes, have the tire checked orreplaced because the tire damagemay cause air leakage from thetire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving ona rough road, off road, pothole,manhole, or curb stone, it will notbe covered by the warranty.

• You can find out the tire informa-tion on the tire sidewall.

NOTICENOTICE

9-55

9

Main

tenance

FuSES

A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bol-ster, the other in the engine compart-ment near the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-connect the negative battery cable.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, slowblow type and multi fuse for higheramperage ratings.

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Information The actual fuse/relay panel label maydiffer from equipped items.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OTA070039

Normal

Normal

� Slow Blow type

� Multi fuse

BB lloowwnn

Normal

� Blade type

Fuse replacement

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. Itmay cause extensive wiringdamage and a possible fire.

WARNING

BBlloowwnn

BBlloowwnn

9-56

Maintenance

• When replacing a blown fuse orrelay with a new one, make surethe new fuse or relay fits tightly intothe clips. The incomplete fasteningfuse or relay may cause the vehi-cle wiring and electric systemsdamage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relays andterminals fastened with bolts ornuts. The fuses, relays and termi-nals may be fastened incomplete-ly, and it may cause a possible fire.If fuses, relays and terminals fas-tened with bolts or nuts are blown,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as a driv-er or wiring. It may cause contactfailure and system malfunction.

• Check the blown fuse with the fuseinformation on the fuse box cover.

• Replace the blown fuse on thesame place after turning off theignition switch and all electricswitches and disconnecting thenegative battery cable.

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

OAH2078023

9-57

9

Main

tenance

3. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the fuse puller provided inthe engine compartment fusepanel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, we recommend thatyou consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the cigarette lighterfuse.If the electrical components do notwork and the fuses are OK, checkthe fuse panel in the engine com-partment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

Memory fuse

Your vehicle is equipped with thememory fuse to prevent battery dis-charge if your vehicle is parked with-out being operated for prolongedperiods. Use the following proce-dures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and taillights.

3. Open the driver's side panel coverand pull up the memory fuse.

OAH2078025

OAH2078024

9-58

Maintenance

Information • If the memory fuse is pulled up fromthe fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items mustbe reset after replacement. Refer to"Battery" in this chapter.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still bedischarged by operation of theheadlights or other electricaldevices.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover bypressing the tab and pulling up thecover.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, we rec-ommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

After checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securely installthe fuse panel cover. If not, electricalfailures may occur from water leak-ing in.

NOTICEi

OAH2078026

9-59

9

Main

tenance

Main fuse (Multi fuse) If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative batterycable.

2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-ture above.

3. Replace the fuse with a new oneof the same rating.

4. Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

If the main fuse is not assembledproperly, it may cause fire. If the main fuse is blown, we rec-ommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONOAH2078026

OAH2078027

9-60

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInner fuse panelInside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle. It is accurate at the time ofprinting. When you inspect the fusepanel in your vehicle, refer to the fusepanel label

i

OAH2078028

OAH2078038

9-61

9

Main

tenance

Driver’s side fuse panel

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

P/OUTLET POWEROUTLET 20A Power Outlet, Cigarette Lighter

ACC ACC 10ASmart Phone Charger, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, BCM

A/BAG IND IND 10A Instrument Cluster

AIR BAG 10A SRS Control Module

T/LAMP 10A Hazard Switch

CLUSTER CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch

MODULE 6 MODULE6 10A BCM

FRT FOG FRT 15A I/P Junction Block (Front Fog Lamp Relay)

MDPS 2 21 10A MDPS Unit

IG1 IG1 10A BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

ABS 10A ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module, ESP Switch

B/UP LAMP1 B/UPLAMP

1 10A Back-Up Lamp Switch, E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

9-62

Maintenance



ECU 4 E4 10A ECM, Immobilizer Module

HAZARD 15A I/P Junction Block (Hazard Lamp Relay), Hazard Switch

STOP LAMP STOPLAMP 15A Stop Signal Electronic Module

BRAKE SW BRAKESWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch

IMMO 10A Immobilizer Module

TCU T 10A TCM, Vehicle Speed Sensor, ATM Shift Lever IND.

MODULE 3 MODULE3 10A Stop Lamp Switch

IG2 IG2 10AI/P Junction Block (Power Window Relay), A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (RLY.12), Head Lamp Leveling Actuator LH/RH

FRT WIPER 20A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch

DR LOCK 20A I/P Junction Block (Door Lock Relay), Driver Door Lock Latch

ROOM 10A Room Lamp, Receiver Unit, BCM, Instrument Cluster, Data Link Connector

AUDIO AUDIO 20A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

9-63

9

Main

tenance



TAIL LH LH 10A Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp LH

TAIL RH RH 10A

Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp LH Rear Combination Lamp RH, License Lamp, Haed Lamp RH, Clock Spring, Hazard Switch, ESP Switch, HLLD Switch, Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, ATM Shift Lever IND., Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, USB Jack

START 10A ECM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

H/LAMP 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.5, RLY.6)

P/WDW LH LH 25A Front Power Window Switch

P/WDW RH RH 25A Front Power Window Switch

HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, ECM, A/C Control Module

9-64

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OAH2078026

OAH2078035

9-65

9

Main

tenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel


BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.12)

RR HTD 30A I/P Junction Block (HTD MIRR Relay)

ABS 1 1 40A ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module

ABS 2 2 40A ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module

IG1 IG1 40A Ignition Switch

C/FAN 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.9)

AMT 2 AMT2 40A [G4HG] : TCM


BATT 2 2 50A I/P Junction Block (F23, F24, F25, F26, F31, Power Window Relay)

BATT 1 1 50A I/P Junction Block (Power Connector Fuse - F35,F36, Tail Lamp Relay)

ECU 3 E3 15A [G4HG] : ECM

[G3LA] : 1.0 MPI[G4HG] : 1.1 MPI

9-66

Maintenance



HORN 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

A/CON A/C 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)

ECU 1 E1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

B/UP LAMP B/UPLAMP 10A [G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

H/LAMP LH LH 10A Head Lamp LH

H/LAMP RH RH 10A Head Lamp RH

AMS AMS 10A [G3LA] : Battery Sensor

F/PUMP F/PUMP 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.7)


IG2 IG2 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2), Ignition Switch

[G3LA] : 1.0 MPI[G4HG] : 1.1 MPI

9-67

9

Main

tenance


ECU 2 E1 15A

[G3LA] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.11), ECM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, OilControl Valve #1/#2

[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.11), ECM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve

ECU 4 E4 15A [G4HG] : Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Front Wheel Sensor RH

ECU 5 INJECTOR 15A[G3LA] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.9)

[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.9), Camshaft Position Sensor, CrankshaftPosition Sensor

INJECTOR INJECTOR 15A[G3LA] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.7), Injector #1/#2/#3, ECM

[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.7), Injector, ECM

IGN COIL IGN COIL 15A[G3LA] : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

[G4HG] : Ignition Coil

ALTALT

125A Alternator, E/R Junction Block (F1, F3, F5, F6)

MDPS 1 50A MDPS Unit

WIPER 10A ECM


[G3LA] : 1.0 MPI[G4HG] : 1.1 MPI

9-68

Maintenance

lIGhT BulBS

Consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer to replace most vehicle lightbulbs. It is difficult to replace vehiclelight bulbs because other parts of thevehicle must be removed before youcan get to the bulb. This is especiallytrue for removing the headlightassembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

Information After heavy driving, rain or washingheadlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is causedby the temperature differencebetween the lamp inside and outside.This is similar to the condensation onyour windows inside your vehicle dur-ing the rain and doesn’t indicate aproblem with your vehicle. If thewater leaks into the lamp bulb circuit-ry, we recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Be sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may cause dam-age to the fuse or electric wiring sys-tem.

i

Prior to replacing a light, depressthe foot brake, move the shift leverinto the N (Neutral), apply theparking brake, place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position,and take the key with you whenleaving the vehicle to avoid sud-den movement of the vehicle andto prevent possible electric shock.Be aware the bulbs may be hotand may burn your fingers.

WARNING

9-69

9

Main

tenance

Headlight, Parking (Position)Light, Turn signal Light, FogLight bulb replacement

(1) Headlight (Low/High) *1

(2) Parking (Position) Light(3) Turn signal Light(4) Front Fog Light (if equipped)

*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector)Headlight

Information • If the headlight aiming adjustmentis necessary after the headlightassembly is reinstalled, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• The Fog Light aiming adjustmentcan be done by removing UNDERCOVER. Consult an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

OAH2078029

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow the bulbto cool down before handling it.Halogen bulbs

• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

9-70

Maintenance

Headlight (Low/High)

1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight bulb coverby turning it counterclockwise.

3. Disconnect the headlight bulbsocket-connector.

4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain-ing wire by depressing the endand pushing it upward.

5. Remove the bulb from the head-light assembly.

6. Install a new headlight bulb andsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire into position by aligning thewire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

8. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

Turn signal light1. Remove the turn signal light bulbcover by turning it counterclock-wise.

2. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

4. Install the socket in the assemblyby aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

5. Install the turn signal light bulbcover by turning it clockwise.

OAH2078030

9-71

9

Main

tenance

Position light1. Remove the socket from theassembly by pulling it straight out.

2. Remove the bulb from the socketby pulling it out.

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket.

4. Install the socket in the assemblyby pushing it in.

Front fog light (if equipped) If the light does not operate, we rec-ommend that the vehicle be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Side repeater light replacement(if equipped)

If the light does not operate, we rec-ommend that the vehicle be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Rear combination light bulbreplacement

(1) Tail and Stop Light(2) Back Up Light(3) Turn Signal Light

OAH2078031 OAH2078032

9-72

Maintenance

1. Open the tailgate2. Remove the rear combination lightassembly from the body of thevehicle.

3. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assemblyby aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

7. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

OAH2078036 OAH2078033

9-73

9

Main

tenance

High mounted stop light

If the light does not operate, we rec-ommend that the vehicle be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

License plate light bulb replace-ment

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,remove the light assembly fromthe body of the vehicle by pryingthe housing and pulling theassembly out.

2. Separate the socket and the lenspart by turning the socket counter-clockwise until the tabs on thesocket align with the slots on thelens part.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.5. Reassemble the socket and thehousing part.

6. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

OAH2078034

OIB077078

9-74

Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens from the interi-or light housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interiorlight housing notches and snapthe lens into place.

Be careful not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

NOTICE

� Room lamp

9-75

9

Main

tenance

APPEARANCE CARE

Exterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

High-pressure washing• When using high-pressure washers,make sure to maintain sufficient dis-tance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors orits surrounding area directly with ahigh pressure washer. Shock appliedfrom high pressure water may causethe device to not operate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) orconnectors as they may be damagedif they come into contact with highpressure water.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater. If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

• Do not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not clean withchemical solvents or strong deter-gents.

NOTICE

Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to seeif they have been affected bywater. If braking performance isimpaired, dry the brakes by apply-ing them lightly while maintaininga slow forward speed.

WARNING

9-76

Maintenance

• Water washing in the engine com-partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sure tore-wax these areas even if the rest ofthe vehicle does not yet need waxing.

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body witha dry cloth will scratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergents con-taining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated oranodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

Information If your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair or replace-ment, be sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to the partsrepaired or replaced.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OLMB073082

9-77

9

Main

tenance

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on the under-body parts such as the fuel lines,frame, floor pan and exhaust system,even though they have been treatedwith rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of the doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

After washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to seeif they have been affected bywater. If braking performance isimpaired, dry the brakes by apply-ing them lightly while maintaininga slow forward speed.

WARNING

9-78

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum wheels.They may scratch or damage thefinish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergent. It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sionBy using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produce vehicles ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourvehicle can deliver, the owner'scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that isallowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

9-79

9

Main

tenance

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the vehicle’s surface bymoisture that slowly evaporates.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it dries slowly and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain moisture and pro-mote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your vehicle clean and free ofmud or accumulations of other mate-rials. This applies not only to the vis-ible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your vehicle at leastonce a month and be sure to cleanthe underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, give particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

9-80

Maintenance

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condi-tionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting and cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the vehicle.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately. See theinstructions that follow for the properway to clean vinyl.

Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/ elec-tronic components inside the vehicleas this may damage them.

When cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neu-tral detergents or low alcohol contentsolutions. If you use high alcoholcontent solutions or acid/alkalinedetergents, the color of the leathermay fade or the surface may getstripped off.

NOTICE

NOTICE

9-81

9

Main

tenance

Cleaning the upholstery and interi-or trim Vinyl (if equipped)Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

Using anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)• Feature of Seat Leather- Leather is made from the outerskin of an animal, which goesthrough a special process to beavailable for use. Since it is a nat-ural object, each part differs inthickness or density.Wrinkles may appear as a naturalresult of stretching and shrinkingdepending on the temperatureand humidity.- The seat is made of stretchablefabric to improve comfort.- The parts contacting the body arecurved and the side supportingarea is high which provides driv-ing comfort and stability.- Wrinkles may appear naturallyfrom usage. It is not a fault of theproducts.

NOTICE

• Wrinkles or abrasions whichappear naturally from usage arenot covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic accessories,zippers or keys inside the backpocket may damage the seatfabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat. Itmay change the nature of natu-ral leather.

• Jeans or clothes which couldbleach may contaminate thesurface of the seat covering fab-ric.

CAUTION

9-82

Maintenance

• Caring for the leather seats- Vacuum the seat periodically toremove dust and sand on the seat.It will prevent abrasion or damageof the leather and maintain its qual-ity. - Wipe the natural leather seat coveroften with dry or soft cloth.- Use of proper leather protectivemay prevent abrasion of the coverand helps maintain the color. Besure to read the instructions andconsult a specialist when usingleather coating or protective agent.- Light colored (beige, cream beige)leather is easily contaminated andthe stain is noticeable. Clean theseats frequently.- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It maycause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats- Remove all contaminations instant-ly. Refer to instructions below forremoval of each contaminant.- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,foundation, etc.)Apply cleansing cream on a clothand wipe the contaminate spot.Wipe off the cream with a wet clothand remove water with a dry cloth.- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)Apply a small amount of neutraldetergent and wipe until contami-nations do not smear.- OilRemove oil instantly withabsorbable cloth and wipe withstain remover used only for natu-ral leather. - Chewing gumHarden the gum with ice andremove gradually.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

NOTICE

9-83

9

Main

tenance

EMISSION CONTROl SYSTEM

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in the ServicePassport in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allemission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourcar inspected and maintained by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in this manual.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission controlsystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

9-84

Maintenance

3. Exhaust emission controlsystem

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications • This vehicle should not be modi-fied. Modification of your vehiclecould affect its performance, safetyor durability and may even violategovernmental safety and emis-sions regulations.In addition, damage or perform-ance problems resulting from anymodification may not be coveredunder warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronicdevices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be presentwith other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Exhaust

Engine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it is dan-gerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructions onthis page to avoid CO poisoning.

WARNING

9-85

9

Main

tenance

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL forPetrol engine.

• Do not operate the vehicle whenthere are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dam-aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

Fire

• A hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under yourvehicle. Do not park, idle, ordrive the vehicle over or nearflammable objects, such asgrass, vegetation, paper,leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and catalyt-ic system are very hot while theengine is running or immediate-ly after the engine is turned off.Keep away from the exhaustsystem and catalytic, you mayget burned. Also, do not removethe heat sink around theexhaust system, do not seal thebottom of the vehicle or do notcoat the vehicle for corrosioncontrol. It may present a fire riskunder certain conditions.

WARNING

Maintenance

Gasoline (Petrol) ParticulateFilter (GPF) (if equipped) The Gasoline (Petrol) ParticulateFilter (GPF) system removes the sootin the exhaust gas.The GPF system automatically burns(or oxidizes) the accumulated soot inaccordance with driving situations,unlike a disposable air filter.In other words, the accumulated sootis automatically purged out by theengine control system and by the highexhaust-gas temperature at normal/high driving speeds.However, when the vehicle is continu-ally driven at repeated short distancesor driven at low speed for a long time,the accumulated soot may not beautomatically removed because of lowexhaust gas temperature. In this case,the accumulated soot may reach acertain amount regardless of the sootoxidization process, then the GPFlamp will illuminate.

The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)Lamp stops illuminating, when thedriving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50mph) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000and the gear in the 3rd position orabove for approximately 30 minutes.When the GPF lamp starts to blink orthe waning message “Check exhaustsystem” pops up even though thevehicle was driven as mentionedabove, we recommend that you havethe GPF system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.With the GPF lamp blinking for anextended period of time, it may dam-age the GPF system and lower thefuel economy.

Gasoline (Petrol) Fuel (if equipped with GPF)

We recommend you to use onlythe regulated gasoline fuels,when your vehicle is equippedwith the GPF system.When you use other gasolinefuels which contain unspecifiedadditives, they may damage theGPF system and cause exhaustemission problems.

CAUTION

9-85

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

8

Specifications & Consumer information

10

Dimensions ............................................................10-2Engine....................................................................10-2Bulb wattage.........................................................10-3Tires and wheels ..................................................10-4Recommended lubricants and capacities .........10-5

Recommended sae viscosity number.........................10-6

Vehicle identification number (VIN)..................10-7Vehicle certification label ...................................10-7Tire specification and pressure label ...............10-7Engine number .....................................................10-8Air conditioner compressor label ......................10-8

10-2


DImENSIoNS

Item mm (in)

Overall length 3,610 (142.1)

Overall width 1,645 (64.8)

Overall height 1,560 (61.4)

Front tread155/80 R13 1,478 (58.2)

165/70 R14 1,465 (57.7)

Rear tread155/80 R13 1,494 (58.8)

165/70 R14 1,481 (58.3)

Wheelbase 2,400 (94.5)

Item 1.0 Kappa 1.1 Epsilon

Displacementcc

998 1,086

Bore x Stroke

mm71 x 84 67 x 77

Firing order 1-2-3 1-3-4-2No. of cylinders 3 4

EENNGGIINNEE

bulb wattaGE

10-3

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

Light Bulb Bulb type Wattage

Front

Headlight (High/Low) H4 60/55

Position Light W5W 5

Turn signal Light PY21W 21

Fog Light * 881 27

Side Repeater Light * WY5W 5

Rear

Tail and Stop Light P21/5W 5

Turn Signal Light PY21W 21

Back Up Light W16W 16

High Mounted Stop Lamp* W5W 5

License Plate Lamps W5W 5

Room Lamp FESTOON 8

* : If equipped

10-4


tIrES aND whEElS

*1 : Normal load : Up to 2 persons

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure (psi)Wheel lug nut torque kgf•m (lbf•ft, N•m)Normal load *1 Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire155/80 R13 4.5J x 13 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)

11~13(79~94, 107~127)

165/70 R14 5.0J x 14 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)

Spare tire size 155/80 R13 4.5J x 13 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)

• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 7°C temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan todrive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air infla-tion per altitude : +10 kPa/1 km)

• Only steel wheel is provided with the vehicle as a spare wheel. Spare tire can be from any tire manufacturer.• Spare wheel is intended for Emergency Purpose only.

NOTICE

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

rECommENDED lubrICaNtS aND CapaCItIESTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume (in litre) Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 *4

(drain and refill) 1.0 MPI 3.0 l API Latest (ILSAC Latest)*3

1.1 MPI 3.0 l API Latest (ILSAC Latest)*3

Manual Transmission fluid1.3 l API Serviced GL-4, SAE 70W, TGO-9

(HYUNDAI genuine transmission fluid)Automated Manual Transmission fluid

Coolant1.0 MPI 4.7 l MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)1.1 MPI 5.0 l

Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 l FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 35 l -

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of

fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer signif-icant cost and energy savings.

*3 : If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM or ILSAC GF-4 or above*4 : We recommend that you use the engine oils approved by HYUNDAI Motor India Ltd. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.

10-5

10-6


Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather.

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug,or dipstick before checking ordraining any lubricant. This isespecially important in dusty orsandy areas and when the vehicleis used on unpaved roads.Cleaning the plug and dipstickareas will prevent dirt and grit fromentering the engine and othermechanisms that could be dam-aged.

CAUTION

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1.1 MPI *1

1.0 MPI *1

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

0W-20, 0W-30, 5W-20, 5W-30

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscositygrade SAE 0W-20 (API Latest (ILSAC Latest)). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result inengine damage.When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will beoperated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommendedoil viscosity from the chart.

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

0W-20, 0W-30, 5W-20, 5W-30

10-7

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

tIrE SpECIFICatIoN aNDprESSurE labEl

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your car and in all legal matterspertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front right seat. To checkthe number, pull out the slit part ofcarpet.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s (or front pas-senger’s) side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your car.

VEhIClE CErtIFICatIoNlabEl (IF EquIppED)

OAH2088001

VEhIClE IDENtIFICatIoNNumbEr (VIN)

OAH2088003OAH2088002

ENGINE NumbEr

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

A compressor label informs you thetype of compressor your vehicle isequipped with such as model, suppli-er part number, production number,refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

aIr CoNDItIoNEr ComprESSor labEl

OHC081001


10-8

OAH2088004

� 1.0 MPI

OAH2088005

� 1.1 MPI

santrosantro your hyundai vehicle should not be modified in any way. such modifications may...

Documents